Industrial Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3

Transcription

1 according to IEEE 80.3 / Introduction /4 Data communication /5 Communications overview /7 Configuration overview /9 Topologies /13 Network selection criteria /15 Passive network components /15 Overview of Twisted Pair /16 FastConnect /18 IE FC RJ45 Plug /1 IE FC Cable x /6 IE FC Cable 4 x /9 IE TP Cord /35 IE FC Outlet RJ45 /38 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet /4 Industrial Twisted Pair - Cable/connectors /45 Overview of fiber-optic cables /46 Glass FOC /53 Switches /53 Overview /55 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged /60 SCALANCE X-00 managed /66 SCALANCE X-00IRT Isochronous Real-Time /70 SCALANCE X-400 modular /75 ELS /80 OSM/ESM /87 OMC TP11 and TP11-LD /90 Accessories for /90 C-PLUG /9 SICLOCK TM real-time transmitters /95 Industrial Security /95 Overview /96 SCALANCE S /100 SOFTNET Security Client /10 System interfacing for SIMATIC /10 Overview /103 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 /103 CP 1430 TF /105 CP 1430 TCP /108 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 /108 CP 43-1 /110 CP 43-1 IT /113 CP Lean /116 CP /119 CP IT /13 CP /16 CP Advanced /130 CP IT /133 CP 444 /135 System interfacing for PG/PC /136 Performance data /137 OPC server for /140 PN CBA OPC Server /143 SNMP OPC Server /145 CP 1616 /149 CP 1613 /153 S7-REDCONNECT /155 CP 161 /157 CP 151 /160 SOFTNET for /163 SOFTNET PN IO /165 SOFTNET for UNIX /167 SOFTBUS-SOFTNET for UNIX /169 System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI /169 SIMATIC WinCC /17 Partner solutions /17 Connectors and wall bushings IP0/IP67 Siemens Catalog IK PI. 005

2 Introduction General Overview Area and cell network according to the international IEEE 80.3 (Ethernet) standard designed for the industrial environment right down to the field level Connection of automation components to each other and to PC and workstations as well as components for wireless communication for homogeneous and heterogeneous communication PROFINET, the open standard for automation, is based on and supports the connection of devices from the field level up to the management level Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented High transmission rate of up to 1 gigabit/s is the industry standard, well-proven worldwide with international acceptance Connection to wireless LAN (WLAN) and industrial wireless LAN (IWLAN) according to IEEE The basis for IT in automation, such as Web function, function and IWLAN connections A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation with the industrial security concept SCALANCE S PROFIBUS s 6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB Power 00 PROFIBUS Addr. DP/EIB-Link DP/BF EIB/BF 4V EIB Phys. Adr. G_IK10_XX_50187 in the communications landscape Benefits Ethernet presently has a market share of over 80% with a tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the LAN landscape worldwide. Ethernet offers important characteristics that can give you significant advantages for your application: Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method. High flexibility since existing networks can be extended without any adverse effects Basis for system-wide networking (vertical integration) Basis for Internet services High availability thanks to redundant network topologies Almost unlimited communications performance because scalable performance is available through switching technology if required. Networking of different application areas such the office and production areas. / Siemens IK PI 005 Company-wide communication through connection to WAN (wide area network) or IWLAN (industrial wireless LAN) by Siemens with SCALANCE W Problem-free connection of mobile stations to a Siemens WLAN or IWLAN with SCALANCE W Investment security through continuous compatible further development. Continuous monitoring of network components through a simple and effective signaling concept. In, plant-wide time synchronization is possible. This means that events can be arranged accurately in the order of occurrence throughout the plant. Networks and data are protected by the security concept from Siemens with SCALANCE S

3 Introduction Technical specifications Standard Data transmission rate Number of stations Network size Switched network Transmission medium Electrical network Optical network Wireless network Topology Protocols Ordering data Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version Network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English SIMATIC NET manual collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English Ethernet to IEEE 80.3u, IWLAN to IEEE /100/1000 Mbit/s unlimited unlimited (above 150 km, take into account signal propagation time ) Industrial Twisted Pair and Twisted Pair cable Fiber-optic cable (glass) Surrounding space Line, tree, ring, star Protocol-independent Order No. 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 6GK AA00-3AA0 General More information Note: In many SIMATIC NET components with management function extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are provided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web Server, network management). These open interfaces provide access to those components, which can also be used for illicit activities. When using the above-mentioned functions and these open interfaces and protocols (such as SNMP, HTTP and Telnet), suitable security measures must be implemented that block unauthorized access to the components or the network especially from the WAN/Internet. For this reason, automation networks can be isolated from the emaining corporate network using appropriate routers (e.g. the well-proven firewall systems). The SCALANCE S products can be used to implement these routers. For further information, see Section "Industrial Security". It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1) which you can view in the Internet: Additional information can be found in the Internet under: 1) Language versions and manuals can be found where the various products are described. Additional information can be found in the Internet under: Siemens IK PI 005 /3

4 Introduction Data communication Overview Communication functions/services Data communication serves to exchange data between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller and intelligent partners (PC, computers, etc.) The following communication functions are available for this purpose: PG/OP communication Comprises integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data communication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7, STEP 5). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and. S7 communication S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB) that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication services and provides a network independent software interface for all networks. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is used by SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems, especially with SIMATIC S5 but also with PCs over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet. FETCH and WRITE is also available over Industrial Ethernet to ensure that software created for SIMATIC S5 (automation systems, HMI systems) can continue to be used with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications. Standard communication This comprises standardized protocols for data communication. OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to interface to S7 communication and S5- compatible communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA interface. ISO/TCP transport protocols The ISO and TCP/IP transport protocols are available. Information technology (IT) with and Web technology Integrates SIMATIC into the IT through. In the office environment, and Web-browsers are widely used communication techniques. Ethernet is used as the main communication route, in addition to telephone cables and the Internet. These communication media and paths are also available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) can also be used for , HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) for access using Web browsers and FTP communication for program-controlled data exchange with computers that have different operating systems installed. IT communication FTP; The file transfer protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal coupling, e.g. PLCs can be connected to different computers or embedded systems. PROFINET; PROFINET is used to directly connect distributed field devices to and in the solution of Motion Control applications in isochrone mode. PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of component engineering. System connections For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are available that already have the communications functions implemented as firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.). /4 Siemens IK PI 005

5 Introduction Communications overview Overview (continued) SIMATIC S7-00 SIMATIC S7-300/C7 SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S5 G_IK10_XX_10057 Hardware Transport PG/ S7 communication PROFINET S5-comp. protocol OP* communic. ISO TCP UDP Put/Get Client Put/Get Server BSEND BRECV USEND URECV H Communication CBA IO SEND/ RECEIVE Fetch/ Write CP 43-1 CP 43-1 IT CP Lean CP CP IT/Adv CPU 317- PN/DP a.s. a.s a.s a.s a.s 6) CP ) CP Adv CP 1430 Basic CP 1430 Ext. CP 1430 TCP 1) ISO protocol only ) IT functionality included in IT-CP 3) If CPU is the time-of-day master 4) Without client function 5) No routing on of time of day to the CPU 6) TCP-Native is supported *) PG/OP communication a.s. = available soon ) IT FTP TF Time of day Sender (master) Receiver Relay 4) 5) 4) 5) 4) 3) 3) with NTP Communications overview for SIMATIC Siemens IK PI 005 /5

6 Introduction Communications overview Overview (continued) OPC Hardware Transport protocol Software Operating system OPC S7 communication PG/ OP* 5) Win 000 Pro Win XP Pro Win 003 Server UNIX ISO TCP Put/Get Client Put/Get Server BSEND BRECV USEND URECV H Communication CP 1616 (PCI 3 Bit) S IO-Base 7) a.s. SIMATIC PG SIMATIC PC CP 1613 (PCI 3 Bit) integrated interface CP 161 (PCI 3 Bit) CP 151 (CardBus 3 Bit) S S7-REDCONNECT APRED/1613 SOFTNET-S7 SOFTNET-S7 Lean SOFTNET-PG PN CBA OPC-Server a.s. a.s. a.s. a.s. 4) SOFTNET PN IO CP 7515 (CardBus 3 Bit) 6 ) SOFTNET-S7 SOFTNET-S7 Lean a.s. a.s. SOFTNET-PG Ethernet cards 1) SOFTNET-S7/UNIX ) You can find more information with the search function using the ID in the internet 1) Supported by TLI/DLPI drivers; UNIX software without OPC server ) From V.0 3) The IT functionality arises in conjunction with the CPs and the Windows software of the PC 4) for SIMATIC S5 5) Incl. XML DA interface for data access 6) You can find more informations on the CP 7515 in section Industrial Mobile Communication 7) Included in delivery of the CP 1616 G_IK10_XX_10058 PROFINET CBA IO S5-comp. communic. IT 3) Time of day SEND/ RECV Fetch/ Write Sender Receiver You can find application examples on the Quick Start CD *) PG/OP Communication a.s. = available soon Communications overview for PG/PC /6 Siemens IK PI 005

7 Introduction Configuration overview Overview (continued) MOBIC with CP 1515 PC with CP 1616 CP 1613 PC/PG with CP 1616, CP 1613, CP 151 or CP 161 S7-400 with CP Advanced S7-300 with CP Lean, CP or CP Advanced S7-00 with CP 43-1 or CP 43-1 IT S7-400 with CP or CP 443-1Advanced G_IK10_XX_10009 S7 communication with TCP/IP for CP 161 CP 1613 CP 1616 CP 151 CP 7515 PC/PG SOFTNET-S7 S or S S5-115U to 155U with CP 1430 S7-400 with CP or CP Advanced S7-300 with CP Lean, CP or CP Advanced G_IK10_XX_10010 S5-compatible communication for Siemens IK PI 005 /7

8 Introduction Configuration overview Overview (continued) S7-400 with CP or CP Advanced PG with CP 1613 and STEP 7 V5 G_IK10_XX_10011 S7-400 with CP or CP Advanced CP Extended IE/PB Link PN CBA or IE/PB Link PNIO S7-400 with CP or CP Advanced PROFIBUS ET 00S ET 00X CP Basic PROFIBUS S7-300 with CP S7-300 with CP 34-5 ET 00S ET 00X S7-400 with CP Basic PG/OP communication with S7 routing for transparent access to e.g. configuration and diagnostics data SIMATIC S7-400 with CP Advanced Panel PC SIMATIC S7-300 with CP ET 00S Industrial Ethernet Field PG G_IK10_XX_10070 Installation of a small, local PROFINET network with an integrated switch in the CP Advanced /8 Siemens IK PI 005

9 Overview Network performance and network technologies for If combined, new technologies can increase the performance of by a factor of 50 and more. These technologies are: Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s: Messages are transported much faster than Ethernet (10 Mbit/s) and therefore only occupy the bus for an extremely short time. Gigabit Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s: Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10, the bus is occupied for only one tenth of the time. Full Duplex prevents collisions: The data throughput increases enormously because the usual message repetitions are avoided. Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two stations. The data throughput for a full duplex connection therefore rises to 00 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to Gbit/s with Gigabit Ethernet. Switching supports parallel communication: When a network is subdivided into several segments using a switch, this results in load separation. Data communication is possible in each individual segment independently of the other segments. In the overall network, several messages can therefore be en-route simultaneously. The increase in performance is therefore due to the sending of several messages simultaneously. Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes (data terminals and network components) that automatically detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation. Gigabit cabling system The 8-core FastConnect cabling system of SIMATIC NET supports transmission rates of up to 1 Gbit/s. Telegrams (00 Byte/sec) Introduction Topologies Ethernet Switching The switch has the following functionality: Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of subnetworks or stations temporarily and dynamically. By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains local; only data to users of another subnetwork is forwarded by the switch. More data terminals can be connected than in a classic Ethernet network. Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned. The switching technology offers definite advantages: Subnetworks and network segments can be created. The data throughput is increased and with it the network performance as a result of structuring the data communication. Easy rules for network configuration. Network topologies with 50 switches and an overall extension of up to 150 km can be implemented without the need to take signal propagation times into account. Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual collision domains/subnetworks. The signal propagation times must be considered at distances over 150 km. Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks. Full duplex Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is automatically deactivated in the participating stations. For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX connection collisions do not occur, so components that support FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal transmission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 0 Mbit/s with the classic Ethernet and 00 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. With Gigabit Ethernet, up to 000 Mbit/s are achieved. A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network extension. By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two components can be increased by the size of a collision domain or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as far as the performance limit of the send and receive components. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic cables. When 10/15 µm glass fiber-optic cables are used, distances of up to 6 km can be achieved Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 1 Gbit/s G_IK10_XX_10001 Throughput of the network/values for 5 network stations Siemens IK PI 005 /9

10 Topologies Introduction Overview (continued) Segment A Segment B Segment A Segment B LAN LAN Segment C Segment D Segment C Segment D Data traffic Switched LAN Shared LAN Each individual segment possesses the full performance/data rate. Simultaneous data traffic in several segments; several frames simultaneously Filtering: local data traffic remains local; only selected data packets exceed segment limit All network nodes share the performance/data rate All data packets go through all segments. Only one frame in the network at any given time. G_IK10_XX_1000 Increase in performance due to Switching, Full Duplex and 100 Mbit/s Autosensing/Autonegotiation Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes (data terminals and network components) that automatically detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation. Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair. It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred: 10 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s Full duplex or half duplex Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmission rate has to be set. The advantage with Autosensing lies in the problem-free interoperability of all Ethernet components. Classical Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing work problem-free with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet components that do support Autosensing. Autocrossover The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer required. High-speed redundancy with SIMATIC NET Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error is indispensable for industrial applications, because the connected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical communication links. This would result in a process running out of control or emergency shutdown of the plant. To achieve the necessary fast response times, SIMATIC NET uses a specially developed procedure for controlling redundancy. A network can then be reconfigured to form a functional network infrastructure in a fraction of a second. In an optical ring comprising 50 switches the network will be reconfigured after an error (cable break or switch failure) in less than 0.3 seconds. The connected data terminals remain unaffected by the changes in the network and logical connections are not disconnected. Control over the process or application is assured at all times. In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in the ring, SIMATIC NET switches also offer the functions required for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network segments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be coupled over two two switches. /10 Siemens IK PI 005

11 Overview (continued) PC S7-300 PC Operator Station S7-400 PC Fiber Optic Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring Operator Station S7-400 S7-400 S7-400 S7-400 Switch SCALANCE X-400 Switch SCALANCE X04- S7-300 PC PC S7-400 S7-300 S7-400 PC G_IK10_XX_10093 Introduction Topologies Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 80.1d standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet structures comprising bridges and switches. To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure. The bridges/switches communicate for this purpose using the Spanning Tree protocol. This protocol is extremely complex because it has to handle any type of network structure. The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period, productive communication for reliable visualization or process control in the network is not possible. In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree ; according to IEEE 80.1, the time is shortened to a few seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches. For connecting to office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches support the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol. Switched network Switched industrial networks can be constructed in electrical or optical line, star and ring topologies. They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches or with OSM and ESM. Fiber-optic conductors or Twisted Pair cables are used as the transmission media between the switches. Data terminals or network segments are connected over Twisted Pair cables. Switched networks can be of any size. The signal propagation times must be taken into account at distances over 150 km. PC S7-400 Switch SCALANCE X-400 S7-300 Twisted Pair Switch SCALANCE X08 S7-400 S7-300 PC PC S7-400 S7-300 S7-400 PC S7-400 G_IK10_XX_10101 Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring Siemens IK PI 005 /11

12 Topologies Introduction Overview (continued) Operator Station (OS) OS SIMATIC IT SIMATIC Batch OS Engineering Station (ES) Switch SCALANCE X414-3E 1 Gbit/s terminal bus Switch SCALANCE X414-3E OS Server (redundant) Switch SCALANCE X414-3E 1 Gbit/s plant bus Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E S7-400H redundant controller S7-300 PROFIBUS ET 00M ET 00M Manufacturing cell G_IK10_XX_10079 Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7 /1 Siemens IK PI 005

13 Introduction Network selection criteria Overview Connection criteria and overviews are given in the following tables for network types and network components. Twisted-pair network Fiber optic network Wireless link Flexibility of the network topology Suitability for high data rates 1) 1) Networking between buildings EMC Simple cable laying Range of cables for special applications Cables for indoor area; trailing cable; marine cable; FastConnect cables Cables for indoor and outdoor area; trailing cable; halogen-free cables Effect of power failure Failure of a subnet ) Failure of a subnet ) Failure of a subnet ) Effect of connection failure Max. network expansion Network breaks down into two subnets that function in isolation Network breaks down into two subnets that function in isolation 3) 3) 5000 m 4) up to 150 km: over 150 km observe signal runtime 1000 m per segment 5) Max. distance between two netzwork nodes/access points Max. connection cable length Prepared cables 100 m 3000 m Multimode 30 m indoor per segment 100 m outdoor per segment 600 m Singlemode 100 m 3000 m Multimode 100 m feeder cable to access point 600 m Singlemode yes yes Preparation on-site without special tool; FastConnect system with special tool and trained personnel Integrated diagnostic support LEDs; signal contact; SNMP network management; Web-based management, PROFINET diagnosis LEDs; signal contact; SNMP network management; Web-based management, PROFINET diagnosis LEDs; SNMP network management; Web-based management Redundant network structures Electrical ring or doubling of the infrastructure (linear bus, star, tree) Optical ring or doubling of the infrastructure (linear bus, star, tree) multiple coverage 1) Suitable for 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s ) Protection against subnet failure using redundant voltage supply 3) By ring no consequence 4) Dependent on the network components used 5) Dependent on theantenna used G_IK10_XX_10013 Siemens IK PI 005 /13

14 Introduction Network selection criteria Overview (continued) Twisted-pair networks Fiber optic networks Wireless link Network topology Star, linear bus, ring, tree Star, linear bus, ring, tree Wireless network Transmission media ITP standard cable TP cord FastConnect cables FO standard cable FO ground cable FO trailing cable Device connection Tools and accessories Lightning converter ITP standard cable ITP XP standard cable TP cord, TP XP cord TP converter cord via FC RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables 9-pin ITP sub-d connector 15-pin ITP sub-d connector Outlet RJ45 FC stripping tool FC RJ45 Plug FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Not relevant since twisted-pair only used in the indoor area FO standard cable FO ground cable FO trailing cable terminal connection via OMC BFOC connectors further components on request Not applicable ITP standard cable ITP XP standard cable TP cord, TP XP cord TP converter cord over RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables Antennas RCoax cable Lightning protector Documentation Manual for TP and fiber optic networks Included in SCALANCE W scope of supply G_IK10_XX_10014 /14 Siemens IK PI 005

15 Passive network components Overview of Twisted Pair Overview Structured cabling Benefits Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry Structured cabling to ISO IEC /EN describes the Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building complexes the outer sheath and braided shield in one step for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the following Easy connection technique (insulation-piercing contacts) for areas: 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) FC Twisted - Primary area (connecting the buildings of a site) Pair installation cables - Secondary area (connecting the floors of a building) Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC - Tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor) stripping tool The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN for Ethernet. FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC) Reliable shield contacting and strain relief Application For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal. With the fast installation IE FC Cable x system for, structured cabling from the office environment not only becomes industry compatible for IE FC Cable 4x installation in the production hall; IE FC RJ45 Plug FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly IE FC Outlet RJ45 and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing standard, is also available in an industry-standard version that IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field, installation cables, connection socket, connecting cable). IE TP Cord 1) ) With the IE FC RJ45 plug and FastConnect cables up to 100 m cable length can be achieved (requires less patch technology). 1) All TP Cord types with a Sub-D interface ) IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP ITP (Sub-D connection method) Design For direct connection between stations and network components, the ITP Standard Cable is offered preassembled with The FastConnect system comprises: Sub-D plugs as a rugged connection system. This allows cable FastConnect cables specially designed lengths of up to 100 m to be achieved without the need for for fast connection (UL and CAT5 PLUS certified) as FC Standard, FC Flexible, FC Trailing, FC Torsion and FC Marine Cable. patches. Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one step The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect products using the insulation displacement method. Integration active distributor, e.g. SCALANCE X-400 Terminal device, e.g. S7-300 Patch cable, e.g. IE TP Cord A C Connection cable, e.g. IE TP Cord A+C = 10 m A+B+C = 100 m Patch panel, e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet B Installation cable, e.g. FC Standard Cable x FC Standard Cable 4 x Connection socket, e. g. IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet G_IK10_XX_10061 Structured cabling to EN Siemens IK PI 005 /15

16 Passive network components FastConnect Overview The ideal solution for installation of IE FC RJ45 modular outlets to 8-core (4 x ) FC cables Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover Integrated system of FC plug-in connectors and an extensive FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals Benefits With the FastConnect (FC) system for, structured cabling from the office environment becomes industry-compatible for installation in the production hall. Time-saving, error-free installation on-site RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard The ideal solution for installation of RJ45 connectors in the field area with 4-core ( x ) FC cables Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry in accordance with the innovative standard PROFINET (PROFINET Installation Guide 1) ) Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of the outer sheath and braided shield in one step Easy connection technique (insulation-piercing contacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) FC Twisted Pair installation cables Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC stripping tool Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard 1) Available as a download under Application FastConnect is a fast connection technique for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core FC cables. After stripping the IE FC cable, it can be directly mounted either in the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core) or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet (8-core). /16 Siemens IK PI 005

17 Passive network components FastConnect Design Function The complete system: FC installation cables designed for fast assembly; 4-core (x) Cat5e; 8-core (4 x ) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval, as: - IE FC Standard Cable - IE FC Flexible Cable - IE FC Trailing Cable - IE FC Torsion Cable User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool FC RJ45 Plug immune to interference (10/100 Mbits/s). The rugged metal casing makes it an ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors to 4-core IE FC cables at the field level The prepared cable is connected in the FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; 8-core) using insulation displacement The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy connection of the FC cables IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100 Mbit/s) IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) The data terminals and network components are connected at the outlets over TP Cords. The FastConnect cables are specially designed for use of the FastConnect Stripping Tool, with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be stripped accurately in one step. The prepared cable is then connected using insulation displacement. Siemens IK PI 005 /17

18 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Plug Overview Benefits Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field level Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect system RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to the rugged metal housing Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover A compatible system of FastConnect plug-in connectors and a comprehensive range of FastConnect cables with the appropriate UL approvals and PROFINET compatibility Implementation of direct device connections over distances of up to 100 m with FC installation cable x without patching Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need for special tools Failsafe connection technique thanks to visible connection area as well as color-coded blade terminals Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily lost small parts) Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) Integrated strain-relief for installation cables Compatible to the EN (RJ45) Additional strain and bending relief of plug-in connection possible by latching connector to device housing, e.g. for SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 00S. Application The compact and rugged design of the plug-in connectors allow the FC RJ45 Plugs to be used in the industrial environment and in equipment from the office environment. FastConnect RJ45 Plugs support quick and easy installation of the FastConnect installation cables x (4-core Twisted Pair cables) in the field. The FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing the cable end (stripping the cable sleeve and shield in one action) supports easy handling and fast, error-free contacting of the cable at the plug-in connector. Installation is also possible under difficult working conditions because the plug-in connector does not have any small parts that can be lost. The new plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be implemented (100 Mbit/s) for between two data terminals/network components up to 100 m without the need for patches. Design FC RJ45 Plugs are available in two designs: With 180 (straight) cable outlet With 90 (angled) cable outlet (for ET 00S). They are used for optimized connection of FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components. The plug has a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing that provides optimum protection against faults for data communication. The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make contacting of the FC cable variants easy and prevent mistakes. After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the blade terminal that has been hinged open, it is pressed down for reliable contacting of the conductor. Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors can be used on devices with individual sockets and on devices with multiple sockets (blocks). /18 Siemens IK PI 005

19 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Plug Design (continued) Data terminals with an additional bracket on the housing provide additional strain and bending relief for the plug-in connection. Function The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches. Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit and receive pair in a plug. When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals. The user can check that contact has been made correctly through the transparent plastic material of the contact cover. Siemens IK PI 005 /19

20 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Plug Technical specifications Interfaces Connection of FC cables Connection of RJ45 devices Data transmission rate Ordering data 4 x integrated insulation displacement contacts 1 x RJ45 plug 100 Mbit/s; Cat5e Network expansion parameter TP cable length m; IE FC cables Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature -0 C to +70 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +80 C Relative humidity during operation <95% Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm with 13.7 x 16 x 55 Plug 180 Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm with 13.7 x 16 x 4 Plug 90 Mounting No tools required (FastConnect) Weight Approx. 35 g Degree of protection IP0 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 90 cable outlet; for ET 00S 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items IE FC stripping tool preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FC cables Order No. 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK BB0-AA0 6GK BB0-AB0 6GK BB0-AE0 6GK GA00 Ordering data (continued) IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; PROFINET-compatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for occasional movement; PROFINET-compatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for use in trailing cables; PROFINET-compatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90 for use in trailing cables; PROFINET-compatible; without UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for use with robots; PROFINETcompatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90; marine approval; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) Replacement blade cassette for the stripping tool; for use with IE FC RJ45 Plugs and Modular Outlet, 5 units Order No. 6XV1 840-AH10 6XV1 870-B 6XV1 870-D 6XV AH10 6XV1 870-F 6XV AH10 6GK GB01 /0 Siemens IK PI 005

21 Overview Passive network components IE FC Cable x Application For the construction of networks (4-core), different cable types are offered to suit the different types of application. In general, the listed FC cables IE FC Cable x must be used. Note: For further information on network configuration, see the TP and fiber-optic network manual. UL approvals Different cable variants are offered with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/75. These are identified as GP (General Purpose). ccc certificate (China Compulsory Certificate) All SIMATIC NET cables that start with the Order No. 6XV1 do not require CCC certificate (negative certification is available) For structured cabling in the factory hall; specially designed for fast assembly Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one step Connection to FastConnect products using insulation displacement Exceeds Category 5 (Cat5e) of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN PROFINET-compatible UL approval and China Compulsory Certificate (ccc) Different variants for different applications - IE FC Standard Cable - IE FC Flexible Cable - IE FC Trailing Cable - IE FC Torsion Cable - IE FC Marine Cable High interference immunity thanks to double shielding Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings Benefits Time savings thanks to quick and easy assembly with FastConnect cables x on the FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) or FC RJ45 Plug 180/90. Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded cables and a uniform grounding concept. Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Design The FastConnect (FC) cables IE FC Cable x are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC RJ45 Plug can therefore be attached quickly and easily. The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields Easy connection to the insulation-piercing contacts of the FC RJ45 plug without the need for special tools System-wide grounding concept can be implemented through the outer shield of the bus cable and through the grounding concept of the IE FC Outlet RJ45 Printed meter marks Cable types IE FC Standard Cable x : Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast installation; four rigid cores connected in a four-branch star IE FC Flexible Cable x : Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional motion control; four stranded cores connected in a four branch star IE FC Trailing Cable x : Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of constant motion control in a cable carrier, e.g. for continuously moving machine parts; four stranded cores connected in a four branch star IE FC Torsion Cable x : Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of continuous motion control, e.g. for use with robots; stranded cores IE FC Marine Cable x : Bus cable for marine applications; four cores (stranded) connected in a four branch star, halogen-free, certified for marine applications Siemens IK PI 005 /1

22 Passive network components IE FC Cable x Design (continued) Product overview IE FC Cable x (PROFINET-compatible according to PROFINET Installation Guide 1) ) IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) 6XV1 840-AH10 IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) 6XV1 870-B IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) 6XV1 870-D IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) 6XV AH10 with PUR sheath IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) 6XV1 870-F IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) 6XV AH10 with FRNC sheath 1) Available as a download under PROFINET Type A PROFINET Type B PROFINET Type C AWG /1 rigid laying AWG /7 flexible cable for occasional movement AWG highly flexible cable for continuous motion, e.g. cable carrier or robots / Siemens IK PI 005

23 Passive network components IE FC Cable x Technical specifications Cable type 1) IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) Applications Universal applications Occasional movement Trailing cables Cable specification Cat 5E Cat 5E Cat 5E Electrical data (at 0 C) Wave attenuation at 10 MHz typ. 5. db/100 m typ. 6 db/100 m 6 db/100 m at 100 MHz typ db/100 m typ. db/100 m db/100 m Characteristic impedance at MHz 100 Ω ± 15 Ω 100 Ω ± 15 Ω 100 Ω ± 15 Ω Near-end cross-talk attenuation at MHz typ. 50 db/100 m typ. 50 db/100 m 50 db/100 m Coupling resistance at 10 MHz 10 mω/m 10 mω/m 10 mω/m Loop resistance 14 Ω/km 14 Ω/km 10 Ω/km Insulation resistance > 500 MΩ km > 500 MΩ km > 500 MΩ km Mechanical data Cable type (standard designation) Internal conductor diameter (copper) YY (ST) CY xx0.64/ GN 1) Electrical characteristics at 0 ºC, tests to DIN 047 ) At a bending diameter of 00 mm YY (ST) CY xx0.75/ LI GN YY (ST) CY xx0.75/ LI GN 0.64 mm, AWG 0.75 mm, AWG 0.75 mm, AWG Core insulation PE Ø 1.5 mm PE Ø 1.5 mm PE Ø 1.5 mm Inner sheath PVC Ø 3.9 mm PVC Ø 3.9 mm PVC Ø 3.9 mm Sheath PVC Ø (6.5 ± 0.) mm PVC Ø (6.5 ± 0.) mm PVC Ø (6.5 ± 0.) mm Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 40 ºC to +70 ºC 10 ºC to +70 ºC 10 ºC to +70 ºC Transport/storage temperature 40 ºC to +70 ºC 40 ºC to +70 ºC 40 ºC to +70 ºC Installation temperature 0 ºC to +60 ºC 0 ºC to +60 ºC 0 ºC to +60 ºC Permissible bending radius Multiple bends 15 x Ø 15 x Ø 15 x Ø Single bend 6 x Ø 10 x Ø 10 x Ø Bending cycles 1 mill. ) Permissible tensile force 150 N 150 N 150 N Weight approx. 67 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km Halogen-free No No Yes Behavior in fire Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685 (CSA FT 4) Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685 (CSA FT 4) Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685 (CSA FT 4) Oil resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance UL listing / 300 V rating Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes/ CMG / PLTC / Sun Res UL style / 600 V rating Yes No No CCC certificate not required not required not required UV-resistant Yes Yes Yes Fast Connect cabling Yes Yes Yes Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes Siemens IK PI 005 /3

24 Passive network components IE FC Cable x Technical specifications (continued) Cable type 1) IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) Applications Applications with robots Trailing cables Marine and offshore applications ) Cable specification Cat 5E Cat 5E Cat 5E Electrical data (at 0 C) Wave attenuation at 10 MHz 6 db/100 m 6 db/100 m 6 db/100 m at 100 MHz db/100 m db/100 m db/100 m Characteristic impedance at MHz 100 Ω ± 15 Ω 100 Ω ± 15 Ω 100 Ω ± 15 Ω Near-end cross-talk attenuation at MHz 50 db/100 m 50 db/100 m 50 db/100 m Coupling resistance at 10 MHz 10 mω/m 10 mω/m 10 mω/m Loop resistance 10 Ω/km 10 Ω/km 10 Ω/km Insulation resistance > 500 MΩ km > 500 MΩ km > 500 MΩ km Mechanical data Cable type (standard designation) Internal conductor diameter (copper) Y (ST) C11Y 4 x 1 x 0.75/1.5 LI VZN 1) Electrical characteristics at 0 ºC, tests to DIN 047 ) Marine approvals: - Germanischer Lloyd - Lloyds Register of Shipping - Bureau Veritas - Det Norske Veritas - ABS Europe LTD 3) Torsion-resistant cables for the following requirements: At least 5 million torsional movements along 1 m length of cable ±180 4) At a bending diameter of 00 mm YH (ST) C11Y x x 0.75/ LI GN VZN FRNC L-9YH (ST) CH xx0.34/ GN VZN FRNC 0.76 mm, AWG 0.75 mm, AWG 0.75 mm, AWG Core insulation PE Ø 1.5 mm PE Ø 1.5 mm PP Ø 1.5 mm Inner sheath FRNC Ø 3.9 mm FRNC Ø 3.9 mm FRNC Ø 3.9 mm Sheath PUR Ø (6.7 ± 0.) mm PUR Ø (6.5 ± 0.) mm FRNC Ø (6.5 ± 0.4) mm Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 40 ºC to +80 ºC 40 ºC to +70 ºC 5 ºC to +70 ºC Transport/storage temperature 50 ºC to +70 ºC 50 ºC to +70 ºC 40 ºC to +70 ºC Installation temperature 0 ºC to +60 ºC 0 ºC to +60 ºC 0 ºC to +50 ºC Permissible bending radius Multiple bends 15 x Ø 7.5 x Ø 15 x Ø Single bend 5 x Ø 3 x Ø 6 x Ø Bending cycles 3) 5 mill. 4) Permissible tensile force 150 N 150 N 150 N Weight approx. 60 kg/km approx. 63 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km Halogen-free No No No Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to IEC Flame-retardant acc. to IEC Flame-retardant acc. to IEC Oil resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance UL listing / 300 V rating - Yes / CMX Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res UL style / 600 V rating No No No CCC certificate not required not required not required UV-resistant Yes Yes Yes Fast Connect cabling Yes Yes Yes Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes /4 Siemens IK PI 005

25 Passive network components IE FC Cable x Ordering data Order No. Order No. IE FC Standard Cable GP x 6XV1 840-AH10 Accessories (Type A) IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK GB01 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE Replacement blade cassette for FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; the stripping PROFINET-compatible; with UL tool; for use with IE FC RJ45 approval; Plugs and IE FC RJ45 Modular sold by the meter; max. quantity Outlet, 5 units 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for occasional movement; PROFINET-compatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for use in trailing cables; PROFINET-compatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90 for use in trailing cables; PROFINET-compatible; without UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for use with robots; PROFINETcompatible; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) 4-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90; marine approval; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m Accessories IE FC stripping tool Preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FC cables IE FC Blade Cassettes (1 mm) Replacement blade cassette for the stripping tool; for use with IE FC Outlet RJ45, ELS TP40, 5 units 6XV1 870-B 6XV1 870-D 6XV AH10 6XV1 870-F 6XV AH10 6GK GA00 6GK GB00 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 90 cable outlet; for ET 00S 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items IE FC Outlet RJ45 For connection FC cables and TP Cords; graded prices from 10 and 50 units Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products; on CD-ROM; German/English 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK BB0-AA0 6GK BB0-AB0 6GK BB0-AE0 6GK FC00-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 6GK AA00-3AA0 More information Installation instructions The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks printed on them. FastConnect With the help of FastConnect Stripping Tool, it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables x to the right length in one step. The IE Outlet RJ45 and the PROFINET-compatible plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90 can be connected quickly and easily to the FC cable x. Cable routing During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load. Siemens IK PI 005 /5

26 Passive network components IE FC Cable 4 x Overview Benefits Time savings thanks to fast and easy mounting with FastConnect cables 4 x on FC RJ 45 Modular Outlet Structure of an 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system Thanks to the 8-core cabling it is now possible to implement connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection Network immune to interference thanks to integrated grounding concept 8-core FastConnect installation cable for gigabit-capable cabling system Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one step Connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet using insulation displacement method Satisfies Category 6 (Cat6) of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN UL approval and China Compulsory Certificate (ccc) Different variants for different applications - IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x - IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings Application The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet as for the service-independent cabling for office environments. This permits the transition from the 4-core cabling system to the 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system. For the construction of networks (8-core), two cable types are offered to suit the different types of application. In general, the listed FC cables IE FC Cable 4 x must be used. For further information on network configuration, see the TP and fiber-optic network manual. UL approvals Two cable variants are offered with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/75. CCC certificates (China Compulsory Certificate) All SIMATIC NET cables that start with the Order No. 6XV1 do not require CCC certificate (negative certification is available) /6 Siemens IK PI 005

27 Passive network components IE FC Cable 4 x Design Integration The FastConnect (FC) cables IE FC Cable 4 x are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet can SCALANCE X-400 then be connected quickly and easily using insulation displacement without the need for special tools. Cable types IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x : Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast IE FC IE FC RJ45 assembly RJ45 Modular with appropriate UL approvals (general purpose) for laying in Modular Outlet cable bundles and on cable racks according to the specifications of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/75. Insert Outlet Insert FE IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x : Flexible bus cable especially for occasional motion; stranded cores with appropriate UL approvals (general purpose) for laying in cable bundles and on cable racks according to the specifications 1GE IE FC Standard Cable 4x x 100 Mbit/s Connection of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/75. Product overview for IE FC Cable 4 x IE FC Standard Cable 4x 1 x 1000 Mbit/s Connection AWG /1 AWG rigid laying flexible laying With UL approval, PVC sheath IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x 6XV1 870-E IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4x 6XV1 870-H System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s SCALANCE X-400 IE TP Cord S7-300 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE IE TP Cord IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE ET 00S PC G_IK10_XX_ V DC IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert IE Hybrid cable connector IE FC Standard Cable 4x SCALANCE W788-1PRO G_IK10_XX_10087 System configuration with SCALANCE W Siemens IK PI 005 /7

28 Passive network components IE FC Cable 4 x Ordering data Order No. Order No. IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 6XV1 870-E 8-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for universal applications; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x 6XV1 870-H 8-core, shielded TP installation cable for connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for occasional motion; with UL approval; sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 0 m IE FC stripping tool 6GK GA00 Preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FC cables 4 x IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK GB01 Replacement blade cassette for the stripping tool; for use with IE FC RJ45 Plugs and IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet, 5 units IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK BE00-0AA0 FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with interface for a replaceable insert; without the replaceable insert IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK BE00-0AA1 Insert FE FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with a replaceable insert for x 100 Mbit/s interface IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK BE00-0AA insert 1GE FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with a replaceable insert for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with 6GK BE00-0AA3 power insert Fast Connect RJ45 outlet for with a replaceable insert for 1 x 4 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK BK00-0AA1 Insert FE Replaceable insert for FC Modular Outlet Base; x RJ45 for x 100 Mbit/s interfaces; 1 pack = 4 items IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK BK00-0AA Insert 1GE Replaceable insert for FC Modular Outlet Base; 1 x RJ45 for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface; 1 pack = 4 items Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English IE Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products; on CD-ROM; German/English 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 6GK AA00-3AA0 More information Installation instructions The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks printed on them. FastConnect With the help of FastConnect Stripping Tool, it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables 4 x to the right length in one step. This allows the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet to be attached quickly and easily to the FC Cable 4 x. Cable routing During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load. /8 Siemens IK PI 005

29 Passive network components IE TP Cord Overview Benefits Easy connection of data terminals with an RJ45 connection to the FC cabling system with interference immunity (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) Fast, error-free start-up thanks to preassembled, factory-tested patch cables Easy cable installation thanks to small cable diameter Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Color-coded RJ45 plug to distinguish between twisted and untwisted cables - Twisted: RJ45 plug red on both sides - Not twisted: RJ45 plug green on both sides Patch cable, available as preassembled cables (max. length 10 m) with x cores for 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 x cores for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet Small cable diameter Category 5e ( x ) and Cat 6 (4 x ) of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN Siemens IK PI 005 /9

30 Passive network components IE TP Cord Application Network component NC Prepared IE TP cord S7-400 S7-300 PC Plug Sub-D-9 RJ45 IE TP cord 9/RJ45 IE TP cord 9-45/RJ45 IE TP cord RJ45/15 Sub-D-15 RJ45 Plug Network component NC 1) Prepared crossed IE TP cord NC Network component Plug Sub-D-9 RJ45 IE TP XP cord 9/RJ45 IE TP XP cord 9-45/RJ45 IE TP XP cord 9/9 Sub-D-9 RJ45 Plug S7-400 S7-400 S7-300 Prepared crossed IE TP cord S7-300 PC Plug Sub-D-15 RJ45 IE TP XP cord RJ45/15 IE ITP XP standard cable 15/15 Sub-D-15 RJ45 Plug 1) If at least one network component with autocrossover function is used, prepared TP cords can also be used. G_IK10_XX_10109 TP Cord can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100 Mbits/s) /30 Siemens IK PI 005

31 Passive network components IE TP Cord Application (continued) Plug Sub-D-9 RJ45 Network component e.g. OSM IE FC Outlet RJ45 S7-400 PC Plug Sub-D-15 RJ45 IE TP Cord x IE FC Cable x IE TP Cord x IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) IE TP Cord RJ45/15 Plug Sub-D-9 RJ45 IE FC Outlet RJ45 Network component Plug Sub-D-9 RJ45 1) IE TP XP Cord x IE FC Cable x IE TP Cord x IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 Plug Sub-D-15 RJ45 S7-300 IE TP Cord x IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC Cable x IE TP Cord x S7-300 PC Plug Sub-D-15 RJ45 1) If at least one network component with autocrossover function is used, prepared TP cords can also be used. IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15 IE FC Standard Cable GP x (Type A) IE FC Flexible Cable GP x (Type B) IE FC Trailing Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Torsion Cable GP x (Type C) IE FC Trailing Cable x (Type C) IE FC Marine Cable x (Type B) IE TP Cord RJ45/15 G_IK10_XX_10110 TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC Outlets RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) Siemens IK PI 005 /31

32 Passive network components IE TP Cord Application (continued) Network components prepared IE TP Cord Network components e.g. SCALANCE X414-3E e.g. SCALANCE X414-3E IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 G_IK10_XX_1009 TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100/1000 Mbits/s) SCALANCE X414-3E IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet PC IE FC Cable 4x Insert 1GE Insert 1GE IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable 4x IE FC Flexible Cable 4x IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 G_IK10_XX_10091 TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) Design x cores for 10/100 Mbit/s transmission rate; 4 x cores for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s transmission rate Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair. Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with a plastic-clad aluminum foil Outer woven shield around all pairs comprising tinned copper wires Plastic sheath (PVC) The IE TP Cord is available as a pre-assembled cable in the following variants: IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 with x RJ45 plugs IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 with x RJ45 plugs, send and receive cables are twisted. IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector, send and receive cable are twisted IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector, 45 cable outlet IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector, 45 cable outlet; send and receive cable are twisted IE TP XP Cord 9/9 with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors, send and receive cable are twisted. IE TP Cord RJ45/15 with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector; this is used to directly connect data terminals with ITP interfaces to network components with an RJ45 interface. IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15 with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector, twisted send and receive cable; used for direct connection of a data terminal with 15-pole Sub-D connector to a data terminal with RJ45 plug. IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an RJ45 plug. A retaining clip clamps it in place. The IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 x is used to connect data terminals with an RJ45 interface to the ITP cabling system, e.g. over the ITP Standard 9/15 cable. /3 Siemens IK PI 005

33 Function The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room. The maximum length of an IE TP Cord is 10 m. Passive network components IE TP Cord Adapter cables are used to connect devices with an ITP interface to devices with an RJ45 interface. The IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 is used to convert an ITP interface of a data terminal to the RJ45 interface. Technical specifications Cable type IE TP Cord x IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Electrical data (at 0 C) Attenuation at 10 MHz 9 db/100 m - at 100 MHz 8.5 db/100 m - at 300 MHz 49.5 db/100 m - at 600 MHz 75 db/100 m - Characteristic impedance at 1100 MHz 100 Ω ± 15 Ω 100 Ω ± 15 Ω at MHz 100 Ω ± 6 Ω 100 Ω ± 6 Ω Near-end cross-talk attenuation at 10 MHz 80 db - at 100 MHz 7.5 db - at 300 MHz 65 db - at 600 MHz 61 db - Coupling resistance at 10 MHz 10 mω/m - Loop resistance 300 Ω/km - Mechanical data Cable type (standard designation) LI 0YSCY xx0.15/0.98 PIMF ICCS GN - Internal conductor diameter 0.5 mm stranded copper - (copper) Outer diameter 3.7 x 5.8 ± 0. mm - Core diameter (AWG6) 0.98 mm - Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 40 C to +70 C 40 C to +70 C Transport/storage temperature 40 C to +70 C 40 C to +70 C Installation temperature 0 C to +50 C 0 C to +50 C Permissible bending radius Multiple bends 90 mm 90 mm Single bend 40 mm 40 mm Weight approx. 33 kg/km approx. 33 kg/km Halogen-free No No Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 047, Part 804, Test Type B Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 047, Part 804, Test Type B Oil resistance Conditionally resistant to greases and oils Conditionally resistant to greases and oils Silicone-free Yes Yes Siemens IK PI 005 /33

34 IE TP Cord Passive network components Ordering data Order No. Order No. IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 TP cable 4 x with RJ45 plugs 0.5 m 6XV QE50 1 m 6XV QH10 m 6XV QH0 6 m 6XV QH60 10 m 6XV QN10 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Twisted TP cable 4 x with RJ45 plugs 0.5 m 6XV RE50 1 m 6XV RH10 m 6XV RH0 6 m 6XV RH60 10 m 6XV RN10 IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 TP cable x with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-JE50 1 m 6XV1 850-JH10 m 6XV1 850-JH0 6 m 6XV1 850-JH60 10 m 6XV1 850-JN10 IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 Twisted TP cable x with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-ME50 1 m 6XV1 850-MH10 m 6XV1 850-MH0 6 m 6XV1 850-MH60 10 m 6XV1 850-MN10 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 TP cable x with one RJ45 connector and one Sub-D connector with 45 cable outlet (not for OSM/ESM) 1 m 6XV1 850-NH10 IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 Twisted TP cable with one RJ45 connector and one Sub-D connector with 45 cable outlet (not for OSM/ESM) 1 m 6XV1 850-PH10 IE TP XP Cord 9/9 Twisted TP cable x for direct connection of two Industrial Ethernet components with an ITP interface with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors 1 m 6XV1 850-RH10 IE TP Cord RJ45/15 TP cable x with one 15-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-LE50 1 m 6XV1 850-LH10 m 6XV1 850-LH0 6 m 6XV1 850-LH60 10 m 6XV1 850-LN10 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15 Twisted TP cable x with one 15-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-SE50 1 m 6XV1 850-SH10 m 6XV1 850-SH0 6 m 6XV1 850-SH60 10 m 6XV1 850-SN10 IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 TP connecting cable x for connecting data terminals with RJ45 interfaces to the ITP cabling system; with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an RJ45 connector. 0.5 m 6XV1 850-EE50 1 m 6XV1 850-EH0 IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK FC00-0AA0 For connection FC cables and TP Cords; graded prices from 10 and 50 units IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with interface for a replaceable insert; without replaceable insert 6GK BE00-0AA0 With FE insert; 6GK BE00-0AA1 replaceable insert for x 100 Mbit/s interfaces With 1GE insert; 6GK BE00-0AA replaceable insert for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces with power insert; 6GK BE00-0AA3 replaceable insert for 1 x 4 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface Manual for IE TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version network architecture, components, configurations, mounting guidelines German 6GK BA10-0AA0 English 6GK BA10-0AA1 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK AA00-3AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products More information Note: Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be ordered from your local contact person. For technical advice contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS Tel.: +49 (0) 911/ Fax: +49 (0) 911/ [email protected] /34 Siemens IK PI 005

35 Passive network components IE FC Outlet RJ45 Overview Benefits Easy connection of network components or data terminals to the FC cabling system with interference immunity. Time-saving, error-free installation thanks to FC cables and preassembled TP Cords (10/100 Mbit/s). Resistant to interference thanks to rugged metal casing and flexible mounting possibilities (standard rail mounting, screw fixing) Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings Easy installation of structured Twisted Pair cabling. Extremely fast installation thanks to insulation displacement. Rugged solid metal module certified to Category 5. Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings Application The IE FC Outlet RJ45 is used as a transition from the rugged FC cables used in the industrial environment to prefabricated TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s) using an RJ45 socket. By connecting several IE FC Outlet RJ45 devices in series, a patch field can be constructed with the required connection density (e.g. 16 outlets over 19 ; width). Design The IE FC Outlet RJ45 has a rugged metal housing and satisfies Category 5 of the international cable standard ISO/IEC and EN It is suitable both for mounting on rails and wall mounting by means of four through holes. The Outlet RJ45 can also be mounted behind a metal plate with a cutout (e.g. in a control cabinet). The Outlet RJ45 has the following connections 4 insulation-piercing contacts for connecting the Industrial Ethernet FC cable x (contacts are color coded) RJ45 socket with dust protection cap for connecting different TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s). Function The FC Outlet RJ45 is directly connected to the FC cable x. Cabinet Prefabricated RJ45 patch cables (10/100 Mbit/s) are available for the connection between the IE Outlet RJ45 and a network component or data terminal. Cabinet ESM ESM TP80 Terminal device IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable x Cabinet Terminal device IE TP Cord x IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable x IE FC Outlet RJ45 G_IK10_XX_1011 System configuration with IE FC Outlet RJ45 Siemens IK PI 005 /35

36 Passive network components IE FC Outlet RJ45 Integration Building Cabinet Cabinet S7-300 with CP S7-400 with CP Building Cabinet IE FC Standard Cable x low EMC interferences OSM PC with CP 1613 Switch SCALANCE X414-3E OSM ITP6 LWL Building Server IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 PG very strong EMC interferences e.g. by electrowelding IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable x Cabinet OSM ITP6 OSM Cabinet S7-400 with CP IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE TP Cord Cabinet Workstation IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP Cord S7-300 with CP IE TP Cord / IE FC Standard Cable x IE FC Standard Cable x IE FC Standard Cable x G_IK10_XX_10111 Configuration example with ITP, TP and fiber-optic cabling /36 Siemens IK PI 005

37 Passive network components Technical specifications Interfaces Connection of data terminals, network components Connection of FC cables Mounting Ordering data RJ45 socket 4 insulation-piercing terminals for all IE Cables x DIN rail or wall mounting Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature -5 C to +70 C Storage/transport temperature -40 C to +70 C Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 31.7 x 107 x 30 Weight 300 g Degree of protection IP0 Certification complies with Category 5 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN UL listing Yes Order No. IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK FC00-0AA0 For connection FC cables and TP Cords; graded prices from 10 and 50 units IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 TP cable x with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-JE50 1 m 6XV1 850-JH10 m 6XV1 850-JH0 6 m 6XV1 850-JH60 10 m 6XV1 850-JN10 IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 Twisted TP cable x with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-ME50 1 m 6XV1 850-MH10 m 6XV1 850-MH0 6 m 6XV1 850-MH60 10 m 6XV1 850-MN10 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 TP cable x with one RJ45 connector and one Sub-D connector with 45 cable outlet (not for OSM/ESM) 1 m 6XV1 850-NH10 IE FC Outlet RJ45 Ordering data (continued) Order No. IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 Twisted TP cable with one RJ45 connector and one Sub-D connector with 45 cable outlet (not for OSM/ESM) 1 m 6XV1 850-PH10 IE TP XP Cord 9/9 Twisted TP cable x for direct connection of two Industrial Ethernet components with an ITP interface with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors 1 m 6XV1 850-RH10 IE TP Cord RJ45/15 TP cable x with one 15-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-LE50 1 m 6XV1 850-LH10 m 6XV1 850-LH0 6 m 6XV1 850-LH60 10 m 6XV1 850-LN10 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15 Twisted TP cable x with one 15-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-SE50 1 m 6XV1 850-SH10 m 6XV1 850-SH0 6 m 6XV1 850-SH60 10 m 6XV1 850-SN10 IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 TP connecting cable x for connecting data terminals with RJ45 interfaces to the ITP cabling system; with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an RJ45 connector. 0.5 m 6XV1 850-EE50 1 m 6XV1 850-EH0 Manual for IE TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version network architecture, components, configurations, mounting guidelines German 6GK BA10-0AA0 English 6GK BA10-0AA1 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK AA00-3AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products on CD-ROM German/English Siemens IK PI 005 /37

38 Overview Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Simple connection technology (insulation displacement contacts) for 8-core FC twisted pair installation cables (Cat6) Safe connection technology thanks to visible connection area Industry-standard design - robust metal housing - Dust covers Wall and DIN rail mounting inside or outside control cubicles thanks to IP40 protection Good electromagnetic shielding and conduction due to metal housing Integral strain relief for 8-core installation cables Replaceable inserts for - x Fast Ethernet connection IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert FE - 1 x Gigabit Ethernet connection IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert 1GE - 1 x Fast Ethernet connection, 1 x DC 4 V connection IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert Benefits Simple and fault-free assembly by means of integrated insulation displacement contacts with color coding Time-saving and fault-free installation with 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC TP installation cables Universal application through replaceable inserts (use for 10/100 Mbit/s interfaces, one 1000 Mbit/s interface or one 4 V DCvoltage supply and 100 Mbit/s interface) Large temperature range (-0 C to +70 C) Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover Security of investment, as 100 Mbit/s networks can be upgraded without difficulty to a 1000 Mbit/s network by replacing the insert Application The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet and for the service-independent cabling from this office environment. Thanks to the 8-core cabling it is now possible to implement connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection. This implements the transition from 4-core FastConnect TP cabling system to the 8-core Gigabit cabling system. The FC RJ45 modular outlet base module can optionally be equipped with three different replaceable inserts, as follows: IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE with x RJ45 sockets for 100 Mbit/s systems IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with 1 x RJ45 socket for 1000 Mbit/s systems IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert for IWLAN system SCALANCE W with 1 x 4 V, 1 x RJ45 socket Thus it is possible not only to implement individual device connections, but also 100 Mbit/s dual connections. By replacing the IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert, it is possible to switch from network structures that are operated at transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s to structures with rates of 1000 Mbit/s. Replacement of the cabling is not necessary (permanent cabling). Like the 4-wire cabling system, the Gigabit cabling system with the IE FC RJ45 modular outlet also takes the conditions in the field of industrial automation into account. No special tools are required for the assembly; the same FC stripping tool is used as for the 4-wire system. 8-wire FC installations cables are used for the cabling (AWG ): IE FC standard cable 4 x ; for rigid wiring as standard type IE FC flexible cable 4 x ; as flexible alternative for use in trailing cables Design IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (base modules) Robust metal housing, complies with Category 6 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN Suitable both for DIN rail and wall mounting Thanks to its high IP40 degree of protection, it can be mounted directly on site Ports: 8 insulation displacement contacts for connection of the 8-core FC installation cables Interface for insertion of a replaceable insert with one or two RJ45 sockets or one RJ45 socket and one terminal for 4 V DC voltage supply (outlet insert, outlet power insert). /38 Siemens IK PI 005

39 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Design (continued) Mounting instructions Function The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet is connected directly to the 8-core FC cables 4 x. Prefabricated RJ45 patch cables (TP cord) are available for the connection between outlet and network component or data terminal. These conform with Cat6 of the international cabling standards. SCALANCE X-400 When housing is opened, colored markings on the contact element simplify connection of the individual wires to the insulation displacement contacts. IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC Standard Cable x IE FC Outlet RJ45 S Mbit/s Connection IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE IE TP Cord PC IE FC Standard Cable 4x 1000 Mbit/s Connection IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE G_IK10_XX_10085 System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and FC Outlet RJ45 Siemens IK PI 005 /39

40 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Function (continued) SCALANCE X-400 SCALANCE X-400 S7-300 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE IE FC Standard Cable 4x IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE x 100 Mbit/s Connection IE TP Cord ET 00S IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE IE TP Cord 4 V DC IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert IE Hybrid cable connector IE FC Standard Cable 4x 1 x 1000 Mbit/s Connection IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE PC G_IK10_XX_10086 IE FC Standard Cable 4x SCALANCE W788-1PRO G_IK10_XX_10087 System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s System configuration with SCALANCE W-700 /40 Siemens IK PI 005

41 Passive network components IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Interfaces Connection of data terminals, network components - FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE - FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert FE - FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert Connection of FC cables Power supply FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert Mounting x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s) 1 x RJ45 socket (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) 1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s) 1 x 4 V DC terminal 8 integral insulation displacement contacts DC 19 V to DC 57 V DIN rail or wall mounting Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature -0 C C Storage/transport temperature -40 C C Relative humidity during operation < 95% Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 50 x x Weight Approx. 450 g Degree of protection IP40 Certification complies with Category 6 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN UL listing Yes IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with interface for a replaceable insert; without replaceable insert 6GK BE00-0AA0 With FE insert; 6GK BE00-0AA1 replaceable insert for x 100 Mbit/s interfaces With 1GE insert; 6GK BE00-0AA replaceable insert for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces with power insert; 6GK BE00-0AA3 replaceable insert for 1 x 4 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK BK00-0AA1 Insert FE Replaceable insert for FC Modular Outlet Base; x RJ45 for x 100 Mbit/s interfaces; 1 pack = 4 items IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK BK00-0AA Insert 1GE Replaceable insert for FC Modular Outlet Base; 1 x RJ45 for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface; 1 pack = 4 items for ; 1 item IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 6XV1 870-E 8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6) for permanent wiring; sold by the meter IE FC flexible cable 4 x 6XV1 870-H 8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6) for flexible wiring; sold by the meter IE TP Cord see TP Cord 8-core patch cable for connection between FC Modular Outlet base modules and data terminal; available in different lengths IE FC stripping tool 6GK GA00 Preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FC cables Siemens IK PI 005 /41

42 Overview Passive network components Industrial Twisted Pair - Cables/connectors Industrial Twisted Pair cable For constructing Industrial Twisted Pair (ITP) networks Double cable shield for industrial use Easy to lay Low-cost connection of data terminals Exceeds Category 5 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC and EN Available as standard type and as halogen-free variant (FRNC) Industrial Twisted Pair connector Connector is assembled on site with screw terminals without the need for special tools Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to - Rugged metal connector - System-wide grounding concept Fast, error-free installation using factory-tested preassembled cables. Benefits Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to double shielding with plastic and braided shield system-wide grounding concept silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) available as standard and hologen-free variant Design Industrial Twisted Pair cable x cores. Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair. Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with two aluminum-clad plastic films Outer braided shield around all pairs made of tinned copper wire. Plastic sheath (PVC). The ITP Cable is available as a pre-assembled cable in the following variants: ITP Cable 9/15 with a 9-pole and a 15-pole connector. It is used to directly connect data terminals with an ITP interface to network components with an ITP interface. ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9 with two 9-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly connect two network components with ITP interfaces. ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15 with two 15-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly connect two data terminals with ITP interfaces. Network Data terminal components Network components ITP XP 9/9 ITP 9/15 Data terminal ITP 9/15 ITP XP 15/15 Possible applications for pre-assembled ITP cables Industrial Twisted Pair connector (9-pole) Metal Sub-D connector Vertical outgoing cable For connecting the x -core installation cable to OSM or ESM Easy assembly using a screwdriver. Industrial Twisted Pair connector (15-pole) Metal Sub-D connector Variable cable outlet For connecting the x -core installation cable to a data terminal Internal plug-in jumper for automatic switchover from AUI to Twisted Pair operation in SIMATIC NET CPs with integrated Twisted Pair transceiver Easy assembly using a screwdriver. Function With their double, particularly dense shield, the industrial twisted pair cables are especially suitable for installation in industrial environments subject to electromagnetic interference, e.g. for linking control cabinets. An integrated grounding concept can be implemented through the outer shield. The ITP cable is flame retardant and has a copolymer outer casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive) The cables considerably exceed Category 5 of the international cabling standard. They can be implemented for up to 300 MHz and are suitable for Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s. /4 Siemens IK PI 005

43 Passive network components Industrial Twisted Pair - Cables/connectors Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. ITP Standard and FRNC Cable Electrical data (at 0 C) Attenuation at 10 MHz 5.7 db / 100 m at 100 MHz 18.0 db / 100 m at 300 MHz 31.0 db / 100 m Characteristic impedance at MHz 100 Ω +/- 15% at MHz 100 Ω +45% / -30% Near-end cross-talk attenuation at MHz 80 db/100 m at MHz 80 db/100 m Coupling resistance at 10 MHz m Ω /100 m Operating voltage 160 V Mechanical data Cable type (standard designation) Standard J-0YSCY x x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F FRNC J-0YSCH x x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F GN FRNC Internal conductor diameter 0.64 mm (copper) Outer diameter approx. 6.0 x 9. mm Core cross-section acc. to AWG 0.64 mm Resistance (CV Ω/100 m) acc. to 5,3 AWG Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature -40 C to +80 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +80 C Installation temperature -5 C to +80 C Permissible bending radius under tension during laying Approx. 48 mm when installed without tension Approx. 33 mm Permissible tensile force 80 N Cu number 46 kg/km Shielding coated plastic sheet braid: tinned copper wires, 0.0 mm Ø approx. 90 % cover Weight Standard approx. 90 kg/km FRNC approx. 98 kg/km Halogen-free Standard No FRNC Yes Behavior in fire Standard FRNC Oil resistance Standard FRNC Silicone-free flame-retardant to VDE IEC flame-retardant to VDE IEC limited resistance to mineral oils and grease limited resistance to mineral oils and grease Yes ITP Standard Cable for 6XV AH10 non-assembled, sold by the meter, x -pole, without connector for connecting a data terminal; for customer assembly with connectors or for the connection between the patch field and the outlet ITP Standard Cable 9/15 ITP installation cable for direct connection of data terminals with ITP interface to network components with ITP interface; with one 9-pole and one 15-pole Sub-D connector m 6XV BH0 5 m 6XV BH50 8 m 6XV BH80 1 m 6XV BN1 15 m 6XV BN15 0 m 6XV BN0 30 m 6XV BN30 40 m 6XV BN40 50 m 6XV BN50 60 m 6XV BN60 70 m 6XV BN70 80 m 6XV BN80 90 m 6XV BN m 6XV BT10 ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9 twisted ITP installation cable for direct connection of two Industrial Ethernet components with an ITP interface with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors m 6XV CH0 5 m 6XV CH50 8 m 6XV CH80 1 m 6XV CN1 15 m 6XV CN15 0 m 6XV CN0 30 m 6XV CN30 40 m 6XV CN40 50 m 6XV CN50 60 m 6XV CN60 70 m 6XV CN70 80 m 6XV CN80 90 m 6XV CN m 6XV CT10 Siemens IK PI 005 /43

44 Passive network components Industrial Twisted Pair - Cables/connectors Ordering data (continued) Order No. ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15 twisted ITP installation cable for direct connection of two data terminals with an ITP interface with two 15-pole Sub-D connectors m 6XV DH0 6 m 6XV DH60 10 m 6XV DN10 ITP FRNC Cable für Industrial 6XV AH10 Ethernet non-assembled, halogen-free, sold by the meter, x -pole, without connect or for connecting a data terminal; for customer assembly with connectors or for the connection between the patch field and the outlet ITP FRNC Cable 9/15 ITP installation cable for direct connection of data terminals with ITP interface to network components with ITP interface; with one 9-pole and one 15-pole Sub-D connector m 6XV AH0 5 m 6XV AH50 8 m 6XV AH80 1 m 6XV AN1 15 m 6XV AN15 0 m 6XV AN0 30 m 6XV AN30 ITP connector ITP connector for Industrial 6GK CA00-0AA0 Ethernet, 9-pole for connection to OLM/ELM and OSM/ESM ITP connector for Industrial 6GK CA01-0AA0 Ethernet, 15-pole for connection to data terminal with ITP interface Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version network architecture, components, configurations, mounting guidelines 1) German 6GK BA10-0AA0 English 6GK BA10-0AA1 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK AA00-3AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products on CD-ROM German/English 1) Additional language variants and manuals can be found with the various products under More information Installation instructions The installation cable is either supplied by the meter or with preassembled connectors. It can be used to connect a single data terminal or two active network components (OSM/ESM). On the network component side, 9-pole metal Sub-D connectors are used, and on the device side, 15-pole connectors are used. The 15-pole connectors contain a special plug-in jumper which can be used by modules with integrated twisted pair transceiver to switch from AUI to twisted pair operation. Preassembled cables are used to connect data terminals directly to an active network component or for cascading active network components. The ITP cables can also be ordered by the meter for on site assembly. 9-pole and 15-pole ITP connectors for assembly without special tools are available for this purpose. The maximum cable length of a laid ITP Standard Cable is 100 m if connected directly. ITP cables are intended only for use inside buildings. Note: Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be ordered from your local contact person. For technical advice contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS Tel.: +49 (0) 911/ Fax.: +49 (0) 911/ [email protected] Note: Additional installation instructions can be found in the manual for ITP and fiber-optic-networks. /44 Siemens IK PI 005

45 Overview Optical signal transmission No radiation along the cable Unaffected by external noise fields No grounding problems Electrical isolation Low weight Easy routing Passive network components Overview of fiber-optic cables Application A fiber-optic cable serves to transmit signals by means of electromagnetic waves in the area of optical frequencies. The light beam is guided in the conductor and around bends by total reflection at the transition from the core to the fiber sheath, which has a lower refractive index than that of the core. The fiber-optic cable has a protective outer coating. The term fiber-optic cable is also often abbreviated to FOC. Design Sheath materials ø 6, m The fiber-optic cables are offered for with glass fibers: Glass fiber-optic cable; duplex cable for fiber-optic networks indoors and outdoors Protective enclosure Fiber sheath Fiber core G_IK10_XX_50195 Material Polyethylen Polyvinylchlorid Polyurethan High-polymeric (flame-retardant/non-corrosive) Abbreviation PE PVC PUR FRNC Olefin/EVA FRNC PUR Short code Y Y 11Y H 11Y Operating temperature range ( C) -40 to to to to to +80 Halogen-free Yes No No Yes Yes Behavior in fire Inflammable Self-extinguishing Self-extinguishing Self-extinguishing Self-extinguishing Oxygen index LOI (%) Smoke density Good Bad Bad Good Average Resistant to: UV radiation Average to good Average Average to good Average Average to good Oil (ASTM No. Oil ) Good Average Good Bad Good Water Good Good Average Good Good Abrasion resistance Good Average Extremely good Good Good Mechanical stability Good Average Good Good Good Chemical stability Average to good Bad Average Average Average General characteristics of sheath materials for cables Assessment: Extremely good/ good: Suitable Average: Suitable depending on the application Bad: Not suitable Siemens IK PI 005 /45

46 Glass FOC Passive network components Overview Fiber-optic standard cable Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors and outdoors For routing above ground For installation inside buildings. Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Fiber-optic trailing cable Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available for this application: FO Trailing Cable; Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose); cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL approval Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Used for the optical and PROFIBUS networks Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and outdoors Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion control High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electro-magnetic fields Available preassembled Extensive approvals (UL) Benefits Easy routing with - Pre-assembled cables - No grounding problems - Very light fiber-optic cable Tap-proof due to lack of radiation from the cable Silicon-free; therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Design The following cable types are available in two variants, 50/15 µm and 6.5/15 µm: 100Base FX; 6.5/15 µm fiber, 3,000 m 100Base FX; 50/15 µm fiber, 3,000 m 1000Base SX; 50/15 µm fiber, 750 m 1000Base LX; 50/15 µm fiber,,000 m In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must be taken into account. Cable types 50/15 µm 6,5/15 µm FO Standard Cable FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP FO Ground Cable Fiber Optic Standard Cable INDOOR Fiber Optic Indoor Cable Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable SIENOPYR marine duplex fiberoptic cable Application Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter. Fiber-optic indoor cable Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in building automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Supporting elements Kevlar fiber Outer sheath Glass fiber Core sheath G_IK PI_XX_1004 /46 Siemens IK PI 005

47 Passive network components Glass FOC Technical specifications Cable type FO Standard Cable FO Ground Cable Applications Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the ground. Type of supply Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)YY x1g50/15 AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)BY G50/15 Fiber type Multimode graded-index fiber 50/15 mm Multimode graded-index fiber 50/15 mm Attenuation at 850 nm.7 db/km.7 db/km at 1300 nm 0.7 db/km 0.7 db/km Modal bandwidth at 850 nm 600 MHz *km 600 MHz *km at 1300 nm 100 MHz *km 100 MHz *km Number of fibers Cable design dividable dividable Core type Hollow core, filled Hollow core, filled Materials Basic element PVC, orange/black PVC, orange/black Strain relief Aramid fiber Aramid fiber Outer sheath/color of cable PVC, green PE, black Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element.9 mm Ø.9 mm Ø Cable dimensions 4.5 x 7.4 mm 10.5 mm Cable weight Approx. 40 kg/km Approx. 90 kg/km Permissible tensile force 500 N 800 N Bending radius 70 mm 160 mm Bending cycles Resistant to lateral force 300 N/cm 300 N/cm Impact resistant (starting energy/number/hammer Ø) Perm. ambient conditions Routing and installation 5 ºC to +50 ºC 5 ºC to +50 ºC temperature Operating temperature 5 ºC to +80 ºC 5 ºC to +70 ºC Storage temperature 5 ºC to +80 ºC 5 ºC to +70 ºC Behavior in fire Halogen-free Yes No silicone Yes Yes Resistance to mineral oils and Limited resistance Highly resistant grease UL/CSA approvals OFNG, UL1651 FT4/IEEE10 UV-resistant Yes Yes Rodent protection Yes Gigabit length 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m 1000BaseLX,000 m,000 m Siemens IK PI 005 /47

48 Glass FOC Passive network components Technical specifications (continued) Cable type FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP Applications Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval Type of supply Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y G50/15 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y G50/15 Fiber type Multimode graded-index fiber 50/15 mm Multimode graded-index fiber 50/15 mm Attenuation at 850 nm.7 db/km.7 db/km at 1300 nm 0.7 db/km 0.7 db/km Modal bandwidth at 850 nm 600 MHz *km 600 MHz *km at 1300 nm 100 MHz *km 100 MHz *km Number of fibers Cable design dividable dividable Core type Hollow core, filled Hollow core, filled Materials Basic element PVC, orange/black PVC, orange/black Strain relief Aramid fiber Aramid fiber Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, green PVC, green Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element.9 mm Ø.9 mm Ø Cable dimensions 10.5 mm 10.5 mm Cable weight Approx. 90 kg/km Approx. 90 kg/km Permissible tensile force 800 N 800 N Bending radius 00 mm 00 mm Bending cycles Resistant to lateral force 300 N/cm 300 N/cm Impact resistant (starting energy/number/hammer Ø) Perm. ambient conditions Routing and installation 5 ºC to +50 ºC 5 ºC to +50 ºC temperature Operating temperature 5 ºC to +80 ºC 5 ºC to +80 ºC Storage temperature 5 ºC to +80 ºC 5 ºC to +80 ºC Behavior in fire Halogen-free No silicone Yes Yes Resistance to mineral oils and Highly resistant Limited resistance grease UL/CSA approvals OFNG, UL1651 FT4/IEEE10 UV-resistant Yes Yes Rodent protection Gigabit length 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m 1000BaseLX,000 m,000 m /48 Siemens IK PI 005

49 Technical specifications (continued) Cable type INDOOR Fiber Optic Indoor cable Passive network components Fiber Optic Standard cable Glass FOC Applications Type of supply Cable type (standard designation) 1) Attenuation change reversible max. 0.3 db ) Attenuation change reversible max. 0.1 db Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable for indoor installation Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors T-VHH G6.5/15 3.B00+0.9F600 F TB3 OR FRNC Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors AT-VYY G6,5/15 3.1B F600 F Fiber type Multimode graded-index fiber 6.5/15 mm Multimode graded-index fiber 6.5/15 mm Attenuation at 850 nm Attenuation at 1300 nm Modal bandwidth at 850 nm Modal bandwidth at 1300 nm 3.5 db/km 1.0 db/km 00 MHz *km 500 MHz *km 3.1 db/km 0.8 db/km 00 MHz *km 600 MHz *km Number of fibers Cable design Segmentable inner conductor Segmentable outer conductor Core type Fixed core Compact core Materials Basic element Copolymer, gray (FRNC) PVC, gray Strain relief Aramid fiber Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber Outer sheath/color of cable Copolymer, light orange (FRNC) PVC, black Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element (.9 ± 0.1) mm Ø (3.5 ± 0.) mm Ø Cable dimensions ( ) ± 0. mm ( ) ± 0.4 mm Cable weight Approx. 7 kg/km Approx. 74 kg/km Permissible tensile force 800 N (temporary) 500 N (temporary) Bending radius 50 mm (when routing) 100 mm only on the flat side 30 mm (during operation) only on the flat side Resistant to lateral force N/10 cm (temporary) 1).000 N/10 cm (continuous) ) Impact resistant (starting 1.5 Nm/0 impacts/1.5 mm energy/number/hammer Ø) Perm. ambient conditions Routing and installation 5 ºC to +50 ºC 5 ºC to +50 ºC temperature Operating temperature 0 ºC to +60 ºC 0 ºC to +60 ºC Storage temperature 5 ºC to +70 ºC 5 ºC to +70 ºC Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to IEC acc. to VDE Halogen-free Yes No silicone Yes Yes Resistance to mineral oils and grease UL approval UV-resistant Rodent protection Yes Gigabit length 1000BaseSX 1000BaseLX Flame-retardant to IEC acc. to VDE Siemens IK PI 005 /49

50 Glass FOC Passive network components Technical specifications (continued) Cable type Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing cable SIENOPYR Marine duplex fiber-optic cable 3) Applications Type of supply Cable type (standard designation) 1) With copper cores and no load ) With copper cores and maximum load (6 A) 3) Marine approval - Lloyd Register of Shipping - Germanischer Lloyd - Registro Staliano Navale - Bureau Veritas Flexible cable for routing in cable carriers indoors and outdoors Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y G6.5/15 3.1B F600 F Fixed routing on ships and on offshore platforms in any room and on open deck; marine approval Sold by the meter MI-VHH G 6.5/15 3.1B F600 + x 1CU Fiber type Multimode gradient fiber 6.5/15 mm Multimode gradient fiber 6.5/15 mm Attenuation at 850 nm Attenuation at 1300 nm Modal bandwidth at 850 nm Modal bandwidth at 1300 nm 3.1 db/km 0.8 db/km 00 MHz *km 600 MHz *km 3.1 db/km 0.8 db/km 00 MHz *km 600 MHz *km Number of fibers Cable design Segmentable outer conductor Segmentable outer conductor Core type Hollow core, filled Full core Materials Basic element PUR, black Polyolefin Strain relief Aramid fiber, also GFP central element Aramid fiber Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, black SHF1 mixture, black Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element (3.5 ± 0.) mm Ø (.9 ± 0.) mm Ø Cable dimensions 13.4 ± 0.4 mm (external diameter) 13.3 ± 0.5 mm Cable weight Approx. 135 kg/km Approx. 0 kg/km Permissible tensile force 000 N (temporary) 1000 N (continuous) 500 N (temporary) 50 N (continuous) Bending radius 150 mm min. 100,000 bending cycles 133 mm (once) 66 mm (more than once) Perm. ambient conditions Routing and installation temperature 5 ºC to +50 ºC 10 ºC to +50 ºC Operating temperature 30 ºC to +60 ºC 40 ºC to +80 ºC 1) 40 ºC to +70 ºC ) Storage temperature 30 ºC to +70 ºC 40 ºC to +80 ºC Behavior in fire flame-retardant acc. to IEC Cat A Halogen-free Yes Silicone-free Yes Yes Resistance to mineral oils and grease UL approval UV-resistant Yes Rodent protection Gigabit length 1000BaseSX 1000BaseLX /50 Siemens IK PI 005

51 Passive network components Glass FOC Ordering data Order No. Order No. FO Standard Cable 50/15 ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-A max. quantity 3000 m; minimum order 0 m; Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 SC connectors 3 m Available soon 5 m Available soon 10 m Available soon 0 m Available soon 50 m Available soon 100 m Available soon 00 m Available soon 300 m Available soon FO Trailing Cable 50/15 ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-C max. quantity 3000 m; minimum order 0 m; FO Trailing Cable GP 50/15 ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-D max. quantity 3000 m; minimum order 0 m; FO Ground Cable 50/15 ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-G max. quantity 3000 m; minimum order 0 m; Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE (6.5/15), segmentable ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 80-5AH10 max. quantity 4000 m; minimum order 0 m; Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC plugs 1 m 6XV1 80-5BH10 m 6XV1 80-5BH0 3 m 6XV1 80-5BH30 4 m 6XV1 80-5BH40 5 m 6XV1 80-5BH50 10 m 6XV1 80-5BN10 15 m 6XV1 80-5BN15 0 m 6XV1 80-5BN0 30 m 6XV1 80-5BN30 40 m 6XV1 80-5BN40 50 m 6XV1 80-5BN50 55 m 6XV1 80-5BN55 60 m 6XV1 80-5BN60 65 m 6XV1 80-5BN65 70 m 6XV1 80-5BN70 75 m 6XV1 80-5BN75 80 m 6XV1 80-5BN m 6XV1 80-5BT10 10 m 6XV1 80-5BT1 130 m 6XV1 80-5BT m 6XV1 80-5BT15 00 m 6XV1 80-5BT0 50 m 6XV1 80-5BT5 300 m 6XV1 80-5BT30 INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE (6.5/15), segmentable ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 80-7AH10 max. quantity 000 m; minimum order 0 m Preferred lengths; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 80-7BH05 1 m 6XV1 80-7BH10 m 6XV1 80-7BH0 3 m 6XV1 80-7BH30 5 m 6XV1 80-7BH50 10 m 6XV1 80-7BN10 15 m 6XV1 80-7BN15 0 m 6XV1 80-7BN0 5 m 6XV1 80-7BN5 50 m 6XV1 80-7BN50 75 m 6XV1 80-7BN m 6XV1 80-7BT10 SIENOPYR marine duplex 6XV NH10 fiber-optic cable (6.5/15) Fiber-optic cable for installation onboard ships and on offshore platforms Sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE trailing cable (6.5/15), segmentable ) Sold by the meter; 6XV1 80-6AH10 max. quantity 000 m; minimum order 0 m Preferred lengths; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 1 m 6XV1 80-6BH10 m 6XV1 80-6BH0 3 m 6XV1 80-6BH30 5 m 6XV1 80-6BH50 10 m 6XV1 80-6BN10 15 m 6XV1 80-6BN15 0 m 6XV1 80-6BN0 30 m 6XV1 80-6BN30 50 m 6XV1 80-6BN50 75 m 6XV1 80-6BN m 6XV1 80-6BT10 1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request ) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables Siemens IK PI 005 /51

52 Glass FOC Passive network components Ordering data Bestell-Nr Accessories BFOC connector set 6GK DA0-0AA0 for FIBER OPTIC CABLE, standard, trailing cable, indoor cable as well as SIENOPYR marine duplex fiber-optic cable, 0 units Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks 3) Paper version network architecture, components, configurations, mounting guidelines German 6GK BA10-0AA0 English 6GK BA10-0AA1 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK AA00-3AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products; on CD-ROM;German/English 3) Further language variants and manuals can be found for the respective products at More information You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS Tel.: +49 (0) 911/ Fax: +49 (0) 911/ [email protected] /5 Siemens IK PI 005

53 h OSM FO08 h OSM FO08 Switches Overview Active network components for Overview SCALANCE X is the new SIMATIC NET switch product family. Switches are active network components that distribute data to the specific relevant addressees. The SCALANCE X product group comprises four product lines that complement each other and are carefully tuned to the specific automation task. SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged; switches with up to eight ports and on-site diagnostics for use at the machine. SCALANCE X-00 managed; universally implementable in applications ranging from small machine-based applications to networked subsystems. Configuration and remote diagnosis are integrated in the SIMATIC STEP 7 engineering tool. This enhances the availability of the plant. Devices with a high degree of protection support installation outside the control cabinet. SCALANCE X-00IRT isochronous real-time; for use in subsystem networks with a requirement for hard realtime (isochronous real-time) and maximum availability. Data communication without real-time requirements can be conducted on the same network. Dual network structures are therefore not necessary. SCALANCE X-400 modular; for implementation in high-performance plant networks that will also satisfy future requirements (e.g. High Speed Redundancy). The modular structure means that the switches can be adapted to the specific task specification. Thanks to the support of office standards, automation networks can be seamlessly integrated into existing office networks. Real-Time (RT) Isochronous Real-Time (IRT) Modular gigabit office standards High-speed redundancy SCALANCE X-400 X414-3E OSM / ESM Isochronous Real-Time High-speed redundancy Managed Performance range SCALANCE X-00 electrical optical electrical optical X04IRT X0-IRT X08PRO X08 X04- X06-1 ELS TP40M Unmanaged SCALANCE X-100 X108 X104- X106-1 ELS TP40 / TP80 G_IK10_XX_10133 Function overview of switches Siemens IK PI 005 /53

54 Siemens IK PI 005 /54 Overview Switches Overview (continued) Function overview of Switches Module type Gigabit Ethernet Compact housing Port type and number Features x 4 V DC LED diagnosis Signal contact SIMATIC environment Diagnosis: Web, SNMP, RMON PROFINET diagnosis Ring redundancy without RM C-PLUG Ring redundancy with RM Standby redundancy Local display (modus key) IRT capability Gigabit technology Modular design Digital inputs Office features (VLAN, RSTP, IGMP,...) Layer 3 Upgrade (prepared) Fast Ethernet 10 / 100 / 1000 Mbit/s 10 / 100 Mbit/s TP / FO TP Fiber Fiber Multimode Singlemode (RJ45) (Fast Connect) (ITP) (BFOC) (BFOC) X414-3E X0-IRT X04IRT X06-1 X04- X08PRO X08 X108 X106-1 X104- OSM TP OSM TP6 OSM ITP6 OSM ITP53 OSM ITP6-LD OSM BC08 ESM TP40 ESM TP80 ESM ITP80 ELS TP40 ELS TP40M ELS TP ) 4 1) ) ) can be additionally plugged in via multimode media modules ) can be additionally plugged in via singlemode media module 1) and ) a total of max. media modules 100 Mbit/s can be plugged in 3) FO via gigabit media module G_IK10_XX_1001

55 Switches SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Overview The unmanaged switches of the SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and star structure Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accordance with the port type of the devices Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting Rugged, industry-standard station connections with PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the housing Redundant power supply Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET button Benefits Ideal solution for configuring star and line topologies Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact design in S7-300 format Secure data communication by means of industry-standard device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief by latching the connector to the housing Installation without a patch field by means of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable possible Simple and fast diagnosis via LED on device and signaling contact Use of uncrossed connecting cables possible due to integrated autocrossing function Simple network configuration without runtime calculation Application The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 series are used for cost-effective configuration of line or star topologies with switching functionality. They are designed for installation in the control cabinet. Product variants SCALANCE X104- / SCALANCE X106-1 For configuring optical line or star topologies: - SCALANCE X104-; line or star topologies with optical ports and 4 electrical ports - SCALANCE X106-1; star topologies with 1 optical port and 6 electrical ports Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling mask can be set on site using buttons) The four (SCALANCE X104-) or six (SCALANCE X106-1) RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 SCALANCE X108 For constructing electrical star and line topologies Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling mask can be set on site using buttons) The eight RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature additional retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 Design The SCALANCE switches with a rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond to those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integration into an automation solution using S7-300 components. The SCALANCE X-100 switches feature: a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power supply ( x 4 V DC) a row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link status, data communication, signaling contact) a -pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling contact a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact The following port types are available: 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port: RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing function for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over distances up to 100 m 100BaseFX, ST connection technique ST sockets for direct connection to glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and star topologies. Siemens IK PI 005 /55

56 s POWER TEMP A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A 1 3 INS DEL TAB HELP SHIFT SIMATIC PANEL PC. 0 +/- ESC ACK F N CTRL ALT ENTER Switches SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Function Configuring electrical and optical line or star topologies Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossing function integrated in the ports Load disconnection through integral switch functionality Easy configuration and extension of the network; no limits to network extension when switches of the SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded. Network topology and network configuration The SCALANCE X -100 switches are typically accommodated in one control cabinet together with the nodes to be connected. When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions: Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches: max. 100 m with FastConnect products Length of the optical cables: max m with glass fiber-optic cables. Diagnostics The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment: Power Port status Data communication The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. Switching cabinet SIMATIC Field PG with CP 151 Switch SCALANCE X108 IE TP Cord IE FC Outlet RJ45 10/100 Mbit/s FC Cable x S7-400 S7-300 MP 370 G_IK10_XX_10074 Star network topology with SCALANCE X108 /56 Siemens IK PI 005

57 s POWER TEMP 0 1 SIMATIC PANEL PC A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A /- INS DEL ESC TAB HELP ACK SHIFT F N CTRL ALT ENTER 0 1 Switches SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Function (continued) S7-300 with CP Switch SCALANCE X108 IE FC RJ45 Plug S7-400 with CP Advanced S7-300/MP 370 Switch SCALANCE X108 Cabinet IE/PB Link 10/100 Mbit/s FC Cable x ET 00X PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable G_IK10_XX_10098 Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X108 S7-300 with CP Switch SCALANCE X104- ET 00S Switch SCALANCE X104- Cabinet Switch SCALANCE X104- IE/PB Link 100 Mbit/s FO Standard Cable ET 00X PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable G_IK10_XX_10099 Optical line topology with SCALANCE X104- Siemens IK PI 005 /57

58 Switches SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Technical specifications Type SCALANCE X104- SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108 Transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces Electrical 4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 6 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) Optical x ST sockets (100 Mbit/s) 1 x ST sockets (100 Mbit/s) Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block Connection for signaling contact 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x -pole terminal block Power supply x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) Current consumption 160 ma 150 ma 140 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 3.8 W.6 W 3.36 W Network extension parameter / TP cable length m IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or through IE FC Outlet RJ45 with 0-90 m IE FC Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord 0-85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or 0-75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable + 10 m TP Cord m Glass fiber-optic cable 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or through IE FC Outlet RJ45 with 0-90 m IE FC Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or 0-75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable + 10 m TP Cord Glass fiber-optic cable 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or through IE FC Outlet RJ45 with 0-90 m IE FC Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or 0-75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable + 10 m TP Cord Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C 0 C to +60 C -0 C to +70 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C Relative humidity during < 95% < 95% < 95% operation, no condensation Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 15 x x 15 x x 15 x 14 Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g Mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30 Approvals Radio interference level EN Class A EN Class A EN Class A Immunity to noise EN EN EN CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C. No UL 60950, CSA C. No UL 60950, CSA C. No FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 ATEX Zone 3 EN 5001 EN 5001 EN 5001 C-Tick AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) CE EN , EN EN , EN EN , EN /58 Siemens IK PI 005

59 Switches SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Ordering data Order No. Order No. Switches SCALANCE X-100 switches for 10/100 Mbit/s SCALANCE X108; with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports for configuring star topologies SCALANCE X104-; with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and two fiber-optic ports for configuring line topologies SCALANCE X106-1 with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and one fiber-optic port for configuring star topologies 6GK BA00-AA3 Available soon Available soon Accessories IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 Siemens IK PI 005 /59

60 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Overview Benefits The unmanaged switches of the SCALANCE X-00 product line are optimized for installing networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring topology Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accordance with the port type of the devices Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on standard rail, S7 rail or for direct wall mounting in various positions Rugged, industry-standard station connections with PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the housing Redundant power supply Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET button The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integral Web server and automatic sending function for remote diagnosis and signaling over the network. Ideal solution for configuring line, star and ring topologies Reliable data communication thanks to rugged device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in cables that offer additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the housing. High network availability through configuration of redundant ring topologies with SCALANCE X-400 or OSM/ESM as redundancy managers Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the integral Web server and through signaling contacts Integration of the SCALANCE X-00 switches in the existing network management infrastructure through SNMP access point Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagnosis with PROFINET Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering, start-up and operating phases of a plant Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the integrated Autocrossover function Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data Application The SCALANCE X-00 switches permit lowcost configuration of line, star or ring topologies with switching functionality where high availability of the network or remote diagnostics functions are required. The devices with IP30 degree of protection have been designed for use in the switchgear cabinet. The SCALANCE X08PRO, is designed to the IP65 degree of protection for installation outside the control cabinet. Product variants SCALANCE X04- / SCALANCE X06-1 For configuring optical line, ring or star topologies: - SCALANCE X04-; optical line or ring topologies with optical ports, 4 electrical ports - SCALANCE X06-1; Star topologies with 1 optical port, 6 electrical ports Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact (signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, SNMP and Web browser The four (SCALANCE X04-) or six (SCALANCE X06-1) RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 /60 Siemens IK PI 005

61 s POWER TEMP SIMATIC PANEL PC A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A /- INS DEL ESC TAB HELP ACK SHIFT F N CTRL ALT ENTER 0 1 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Application (continued) Switch SCALANCE X-400 SNMP/web-based management Diagnosis of individual SCALANCE X08 by means of web browser through SIMATIC Field PG/MOBIC Switch SCALANCE X Mbit/s redundant FO ring IE FC RJ45 Plug S7-400 with CP Advanced S7-300 with CP 343-1/MP 370 Switch SCALANCE X08 Cabinet IE/PB Link 10/100 Mbit/s FC Cable x Diagnostic access through the network ET 00X PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable G_IK10_XX_10117 Star network topology with SCALANCE X04- and SCALANCE X08 SCALANCE X08 / SCALANCE X08PRO (IP65 degree of protection) For configuring electrical line, star or ring topologies (8 electrical ports): - SCALANCE X08 for installation in the switchgear cabinet - SCALANCE X08PRO, specially for use outside the switchgear cabinet Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Remote diagnosis with signaling contact (for SCALANCE X08: signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, SNMP and Web browser Eight RJ45 sockets: - SCALANCE X08: Industry-standard design with additional retaining collars for connecting the new IE FC RJ45 Plug SCALANCE X08PRO: with IP65 degree of protection, for connecting the IP67 Push Pull plug-in connector The SCALANCE X08PRO can be mounted on a DIN or S7-300 rail or in a space-saving, horizontal or vertical design directly on the equipment or machine; The status information can be read regardless of the mounting position due to the angled LED strip. Power can also be supplied to the SCALANCE X08PRO from outside the control cabinet from the PS791-1PRO power supply module at 30 V AC. Siemens IK PI 005 /61

62 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Design The SCALANCE X-00 switches with a rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and an S7 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300 components. The switches are equipped with a 4-pole terminal block, and SCALANCE X08PRO with x M1 interfaces for connecting the redundant supply voltage ( x 4 V DC). The status information is indicated by means of a line of LEDs (power, link status, data communication, power supply, signaling contact). The SCALANCE X-00 modules are available with the following port types: 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection RJ45 socket, automatic data transmission rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for connecting IE FC cables through IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or IP67 Push/Pull plug-in connector up to 100 m. 100BaseFX, ST connection technique ST sockets for direct connection to glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and star topologies. Function Configuring electrical and optical line, star and ring topologies Use in redundant rings (100 Mbit/s) together with SCALANCE X-400 or OSM/ESM as redundancy manager Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossing function integrated in the ports Load disconnection through integral switch functionality Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web browser Simple copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localizing cable breaks Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure Optimized support of PROFINET realtime communication (RT) through prioritizing. Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply) Network topology and network configuration The SCALANCE X-00 switches with IP30 degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet together with the stations to be connected. The SCALANCE X08PRO is designed for installation outside the control cabinet When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions: Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches: - max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC Plug 180 or IP67 Push Pull plug-in connector - max. 10 m with patches with TP Cord Length of the optical cables - max m with glass fiber-optic cables. IP address: With the switches of the SCALANCE X-00 family, the IP address is specified using DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). If an appropriate server is not available in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool or STEP 7. /6 Siemens IK PI 005

63 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Function (continued) Small cabinet S7-300 with CP HMI ET 00S Field PG with CP V AC Switch SCALANCE X08-PRO with PS791-1PRO ET 00S Access Point SCALANCE W788-1PRO (Voltage supply case by case) G_IK10_XX_10078 Star network topology with SCALANCE X08PRO outside the control cabinet and 30 V AC power supply Commissioning and diagnosis PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages. The SCALANCE X-00 switches can also be integrated into a network management system through the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network system or as to a specified network manager. The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical information can also be read out over the Web server. The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment: Power Port status Data communication Signaling contact The switches of the SCALANCE X-00 line can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. Siemens IK PI 005 /63

64 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Technical specifications Type SCALANCE X04- SCALANCE X06-1 SCALANCE X08 SCALANCE X08PRO Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces Electrical 4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 6 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) Optical x ST sockets (100 Mbit/s) 1 x ST sockets (100 Mbit/s) Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block x 4-pole M1 interface Connection for signaling contact 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x 5-pole M1 interface Power supply x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) Current consumption 15 ma 00 ma 185 ma 185 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 5.16 W 4.8 W 4.4 W 4.4 W Network extension parameter / TP cable length m IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Standard Cable with IP67 Push Pull connector 0-85 m m IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Standard Cable (0-90 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0-75 m) + 10 m TP Cord Glass fiber-optic cable 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Standard Cable (0-90 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0-75 m) + 10 m TP Cord Glass fiber-optic cable 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Standard Cable (0-90 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0-75 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IP67 Push Pull connector Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C 0 C to +60 C -0 C to +70 C -0 C to +70 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C Relative humidity during < 95% < 95% < 95% < 95% operation; non-condensing Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 15 x x 15 x x 15 x x 15 x 14 Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g 950 g Mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30 IP65 Approvals Radio interference level EN Class A EN Class A EN EN Immunity to noise EN EN EN EN CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C. No UL 60950, CSA C. No UL 60950, CSA C. No UL 60950, CSA C. No FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 ATEX Zone 3 EN 5001 EN 5001 EN 5001 C-Tick AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) CE EN , EN EN , EN EN , EN EN , EN /64 Siemens IK PI 005

65 Switches SCALANCE X-00 managed Ordering data Order No. Order No. Switches SCALANCE X-00 switches with integral SNMP access, Web diagnostics, copper cable diagnosis and PROFINET diagnosis for configuring line, star and ring topologies SCALANCE X04-; with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and two fiber-optic ports SCALANCE X06-1; with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and one fiber-optic port SCALANCE X08; with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports SCALANCE X08PRO; with IP65 degree of protection, with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, incl. eight RJ45 and three M1 dust protection caps 6GK5 04-BB00-AA3 6GK5 06-1BB00-AA3 6GK5 08-0BA00-AA3 6GK5 08-0CA00-AA6 Accessories IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot Power M1 Cable Connector PRO Socket for connecting SCALANCE W-700/SCALANCE X08PRO for 4 V DC supply; 4-pole, a-coded with installation instructions Signalling Contact M1 Cable Connector PRO Socket for connecting SCALANCE X08PRO for signaling contact; 5-pole, b-coded, with installation instructions Power supply PS791-1PRO AC/DC power pack, 10 W, IP65 (-0 to +60 C), Input: 85 V 65 V AC, Output: 4 V DC, metal housing, Scope of supply: AC Power 3+PE Cable Connector, installation materials, Manuals German/English Power Cord M1 Pre-assembled with two M1 plugs for connecting the Power Supply PS791-1PRO to SCALANCE W-700/ SCALANCE X08PRO, with installation instructions IP 67 Push Pull plug-in connector For connection to SCALANCE X08PRO Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK AB00 6GK DC10-6AA3 6GK DC10-6AA3 6GK PS00-0AA6 6GK AF00-0AA Order directly from: HARTING Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG PO Box 451 D Minden Tel. +49 (0) Fax. +49 (0) [email protected] Internet: 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 Siemens IK PI 005 /65

66 Switches SCALANCE X-00IRT Isochronous Real-Time Overview Benefits Specially designed for configuring isochrone real-time Industrial Ethernet networks in line, star and ring topologies for 10/100 Mbit/s Combination of the switching mechanisms Cut Through ; and Store and Forward ; for optimized performance Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accordance with the port type of the devices Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting Industry-standard compatible station connections with PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the housing Redundant power supply Can be used for fault-tolerant applications and can be replaced during normal operation thanks to redundant transmission characteristics Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET button The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integral Web server and automatic sending function for remote diagnosis and signaling over the network The ideal solution for constructing isochronous real time Ethernet segments especially in line, star and ring topologies Reliable data communication thanks to industry-standard device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors (IE FC RJ45 Plug) that offer additional strain relief and bending strain relief due to latching on the housing. High network availability through configuration of redundant ring structures Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the integral Web server and through signaling contacts Integration of the SCALANCE X-00IRT switches in the existing network management infrastructure through SNMP access point Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagnosis with PROFINET Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering, start-up and operating phases of a plant Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the integrated Autocrossover function Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data Application The SCALANCE X00IRT switches permit configuration of isochronous real-time line, star and ring topologies Thanks to innovative switching technology, the special requirements of automation with regard to line topology, hard real time and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied within a single technology for the first time. The switches with IP30 degree of protection are designed for installation in the control cabinet. Product variants SCALANCE X04IRT For configuring electrical line, star or ring topologies with 4 electrical ports SCALANCE X0-IRT For configuring optical line, star or ring topologies with optical ports and electrical ports For both variants: Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication) Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact (signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, SNMP and Web browser Automatic send function The four (SCALANCE X04IRT) or two (SCALANCE X0-IRT) RJ45 sockets are of industry-compatible design with additional holding collars for connection of the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 /66 Siemens IK PI 005

67 Switches SCALANCE X-00IRT Isochronous Real-Time Application (continued) Real-Time Ethernet The SCALANCE X-00IRT switches based on PROFINET fulfil the real-time requirements of the field level up to high-performance motion control applications such as Connecting the PROFINET IO devices to the PROFINET IO controllers using high-performance and deterministic data transmission Isochrone real-time communication based on the transmission procedure of the IEEE 80 by combining the switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward". For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is currently the best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochrone and deterministic response. With a cycle time of 1 ms and a jitter of less than 1 µs, for example, 150 axes can be controlled in isochrone mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is available solely for IT communication. Hard real-time and IT openness coexist: Increased availability thanks to redundant transmission with bumpless changeover for real-time data The high-performance isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet operates in combination with the following products: SCALANCE X04IRT SCALANCE X0-IRT CP 1616 SIMOTION (available soon) SINAMICS (available soon) Design The SCALANCE X-00IRT switches with rugged metal housings with IP30 degree of protection have been optimized for mounting on standard mounting rails and S7-300 rails. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300 components. The switches have a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant supply voltage ( x 4 V DC). The status information is indicated by means of a line of LEDs (power, link status, data communication, power supply, signaling contact). The SCALANCE X-00IRT modules are available with the following port types: 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing function for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over distances up to 100 m. 100BaseFX, ST connection technique ST sockets for direct connection to glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and star topologies. Function 4-port switch for configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates thanks to integrated real-time functions Redundant data transmission with bumpless changeover System-wide clock accuracy (less than 1 ms) Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossing function integrated in the ports Load disconnection through integral switch functionality Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web browser Automatic function Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply) Network topology and network configuration The SCALANCE X-00IRT switches are usually installed in the control cabinet together with the stations to be connected (e.g. ET 00S). When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions: Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches: - max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug max. 10 m with TP Cord Length of the optical cables - max m with glass fiber-optic cables. IP address: The IP address is assigned using the BOOTP (Boot Protocol) and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mechanisms. If an appropriate server is not available in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool. The SCALANCE X-00IRT switches and their real-time functions are configured with STEP 7. Commissioning and diagnosis PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages. The SCALANCE X-00IRT switches can also be integrated into a network management system through the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network system or as to a specified network manager. The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical information can also be read out over the Web server. The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment: Power Port status Data communication The switches of the SCALANCE X-00IRT series can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. Siemens IK PI 005 /67

68 Switches SCALANCE X-00IRT Isochronous Real-Time Function (continued) PC S7-400 PC with CP 1616 as IO-Controller PC ET 00S Switch SCALANCE X0-IRT ET 00S Field PG Switch SCALANCE X04IRT Switch SCALANCE X04IRT S7-300 Fiber Optic Switch SCALANCE X0-IRT PC S7-400 ET 00S ET 00S G_IK10_XX_10100 S7-300 ET 00S G_IK10_XX_1010 Configuration example for SCALANCE X04IRT Optical network topology with high-speed redundancy /68 Siemens IK PI 005

69 Switches SCALANCE X-00IRT Isochronous Real-Time Technical specifications Type SCALANCE X04IRT SCALANCE X0-IRT Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces Electrical 4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) Optical x ST sockets (100 Mbit/s) Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block Connection for signaling contact 1 x -pole terminal block 1 x -pole terminal block Power supply x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) Network extension parameter / TP cable length m IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Standard Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC TP Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Standard Cable (0-90 m) + 10 m TP Cord 0-85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0-75 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0-75 m) + 10 m TP Cord m 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm glass fiber-optic cable; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C Relative humidity during < 95% < 95% operation; non-condensing Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 15 x x 15 x 14 Mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Degree of protection IP30 IP30 Ordering data Switches SCALANCE X-00IRT Managed Switches; isochrone real time, LED diagnostics, error signaling contact with SET button, redundant power supply SCALANCE X04IRT; 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports SCALANCE X0-IRT; x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English Order No. Available soon Available soon 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 Siemens IK PI 005 /69

70 Switches SCALANCE X-400 modular Overview Benefits The SCALANCE X-400 product line comprises modular Industrial Ethernet switches, media modules and extenders. It supports 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s technology for various transmission media (twisted pair, fiber optic) and increased port requirements. The main applications are high-performance plant networks (control level). Thanks to the modular construction, the X-400 product line is also designed for future requirements and can be adapted to the relevant task. The X414-3E switch has two integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair interfaces (100/100/1000 Mbit/s) for connecting a number of switches to one another. Nodes are connected via twelve Fast Ethernet twisted ports (10/100 Mbit/s) integrated into the switch. A further eight nodes can be connected via an 8-port Fast Ethernet twisted pair extender, which is attached to the right of the switch. The integrated redundancy manager facilitates high-speed media redundancy even for large networks, both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring) and for Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-00 switches or OSM/ESM). For the construction of optical Gigabit Ethernet rings, both integrated Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber optic via a -Port Gigabit Ethernet media module MM. Module versions are offered for multimode (up to 750m fiber optic length) and single-mode (up to 10km). By means of a pluggable -Port Fast Ethernet media module for multimode or alternatively single-mode fiber optic, SCALANCE X-400 switches can also be integrated into 100- Mbit/s rings with SCALANCE X04- or OSM. A second pluggable -port Fast Ethernet fiber optic media module enables remote nodes to be connected optically. Remote diagnosis is possible by means of PROFINET diagnosis (in preparation), Web browser or SNMP. Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line support office standards and thus permit seamless integration of automation networks into existing office networks. Virtual networks (VLAN) can be set up. The support of standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) permits the redundant integration into higher level enterprise networks (available soon). Flexible construction of electrical or optical networks; the network topology, type and number of ports can be adapted easily to the structure of the plant. High availability of the network due to: - Redundant voltage feed - Redundant network structures based on optical fiber ring redundancy, redundancy manager integrated - Exchange and extension of media modules possible during operation - Simple device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap media Reliable communication due to very fast reconfiguration of the network in event of fault (<0.3 seconds) Simple fiber optic connection technology by means of SC sockets (Gigabit Ethernet), well-proven ST sockets (Fast Ethernet) and prefabricated optical fibers Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for extremely large networks Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling contact, digital inputs, SNMP and ; PROFINET IO-diagnostics (available soon) Reduced engineering expenditure for SPS/HMI due to integration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept SFM (in preparation) Security of investment for existing networks due to - effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or network segments to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s - Performance increase by means of load separation and data rate of 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s - Simple integration into existing network management infrastructures by means of SNMP Support of VLAN permits integration into Enterprise Security Policies Load limiting when using multicast-based protocols (e.g. Voice over IP, Video) by means of IGMP snooping (under preparation) Large temperature range (0 C to +60 C) Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction Application SCALANCE X-400 products permit the configuration of switched networks at the control level, which not only demand high availability of the network and extensive diagnostic options, but also a high number of ports, high transmission rate and the support of fiber optic and twisted-pair transmission media. SCALANCE X-400 products are designed with IP0 degree of protection for installation in control cubicles. SCALANCE X414-3E Control consoles with a high concentration of devices Star hub in plant bus (applications with high concentration of devices) High-speed backbone including high-speed redundancy for process control systems SCALANCE X414-3E has been prepared for use as a Layer 3 switch /70 Siemens IK PI 005

71 Switches SCALANCE X-400 modular Design SCALANCE X414-3E The Switch SCALANCE X414-3E forms the core of the SCALANCE X-400 product line. It contains the switching functionality and is reponsible for the diagnosis. Apart from two integrated Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports (10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for connecting the SCALANCE X-400 switches to one another and 1 integrated Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets), the SCALANCE X414-3E has one slot for optical Gigabit Ethernet media modules with two ports and two slots for optical Fast Ethernet media modules with two ports. By means of an extender interface the SCALANCE X414-3E can be extended by a further eight 8 Fast Ethernet ports (twisted pair or fiber optic, depending on extender version). In this way, a maximum configuration of two Gigabit Ethernet Ports (electrical or optical) and up to 4 Fast Ethernet Ports (of which between 4 and 1 can be optical) is possible. The installation width including extender is 19". Interfaces Console port (serial interface) for on site configuration/ diagnositics, for firmware update Slot for optional C-PLUG swap media for simple device replacement (included in scope of supply) Redundant 4 V feed One floating message output for simple display of faults Floating inputs for recording digital status information such as signal contacts of PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts and forwarding via SCALANCE X-400 diagnostic paths (LED indicator, log table, trap or ) Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed via LEDs and selection pushbuttons. The SCALANCE X414-3E is supplied with 4 V DC. Two infeeds are available to protect against power failure. The line voltage 110/0 V AC can be converted to 4 V DC with a suitable S7-300 voltage supply. SCALANCE X-400 media modules (MM) Using media modules, the Switch SCALANCE X414-3E can be equipped with fiber optic cables. Media modules are available for both multimode and singlemode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced during network operation. SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports two optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical Fast Ethernet ports. The following media modules are available: MM491-; fiber optic ports (ST sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up to 3 km with multimode fiber-optic conductors MM491-LD; fiber optic ports (ST sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up to 6 km with single-mode fiber-optic cables MM49-; fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to 750 m with multimode fiber-optic cables (if SIMATIC NET FO Cable 50/15µm is used) MM49-LD; fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to 10 km with single-mode fiber-optic cables One plug-in media module for Gigabit Ethernet converts the Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to optical mode. The two gigabit ports can therefore be either used as twisted pairs or fiber-optic ports. Optical media modules for Fast Ethernet each generate two additional ports per slot. SCALANCE X-400 extender modules (EM) The SCALANCE X414-3E has an expansion interface on the right-hand side. An optional extender module can be connected to this interface. This makes 8 additional Fast Ethernet ports available. Versions: EM495-8; with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets) 10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the 1 onboard Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be expanded to a total of 0 ports. EM496-4; with a further four media module slots for Fast Ethernet media modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports The structure of the SCALANCE X-400 product line offers the following advantages: Simple user connection via twisted pair Gigabit Ethernet transmission rate between SCALANCE X-400 switches Fiber optic connection via fiber optic media modules Reduced costs for spare parts inventory; Electrical and optical variants are covered by one basic device and fiber optic media modules Function Increase of network performance; By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains local; only data to users of another subnetwork are forwarded by the switch. Simple network configuration and network expansion; The switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards them independently to the destination address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion of the network beyond the port. Fault propagation limited to affected subnetwork; The SCALANCE X-400 switches only forward data with a valid checksum (CRC). Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s; The SCALANCE X-400 switch on the twisted pair ports automatically detects the SEND/RECEIVE pairs (autocrossover), data rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s) as well as full or half-duplex operation (autonegotiation). High-performance connection between SCALANCE X-400 switches with 1 Gbit/s; SCALANCE X-400 switches are equipped with two Gigabit Ethernet ports for connecting the switches to each other. Fast redundancy in the ring (the reconfiguration time of the ring is max. 0.3 seconds); By closing an optical line with the SCALANCE X-400 switches to a ring, reliable communication is achieved. The SCALANCE X-400 switch has an integral redundancy manager (RM) which monitors the function of the network continuously. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of a SCALANCE X-400 switch and activates the standby link within no more than 0.3 seconds. Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-400 switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. In rings with SCALANCE X-00 or OSM/ESM it is possible to integrate SCALANCE X-400 switches at 100 Mbit/s. Redundant connection to company networks (available soon); SCALANCE X-400 switches support the standardized redundancy procedure: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds). Siemens IK PI 005 /71

72 Switches SCALANCE X-400 modular Function (continued) Support of virtual networks (VLAN); For structuring networks with a fast growing number of users, a physically existing network can be divided into several virtual networks. Load limitation by using multicast protocols (e.g. Voice over IP, video) (available soon); By recording the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping), SCALANCE X-400 switches can also filter multicast data traffic and thus limit the load on the network. Clock synchronization; Diagnostic messages (log table entries, s) are timestamped. The local time is standardized throughout the network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages to several devices. Simple device replacement; All settings are stored automatically on the C-PLUG plug-in swap media. If a SCALANCE X-400 series switch has to be replaced, then these settings are simply transferred to the replacement device by plugging in the memory card into the replacement device. Network topology and network configuration The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with SCALANCE X-400 Ethernet switches. The following network structures and combinations of structures can be implemented: Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy; To protect against failure of a transmission link or a switch, as many as 50 X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km. In the event of failure of a transmission link or a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring, the transmission path is reconfigured within 0.3 seconds. Star structure with SCALANCE X-400 switches: Each SCALANCE X-400 switch represents a star point which can interconnect as many as nodes or subnetworks. When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions: Maximum line length between two modules for multimode fiber optic conductors: m at 100 Mbit/s m at 1 Gbit/s Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode fiber optic conductors: - 6 km at 100 Mbit/s - 10 km at 1 Gbit/s Maximum line length for twisted pairs: 100 m Commissioning and diagnosis Adjustment options on the device itself: Redundancy manager (RM) When setting up a ring, a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring is switched into RM mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used as required for the connection of data terminals and networks. Signal mask; the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE X-400 switch (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines which ports and which voltage feeders are to be monitored. The signal contact only reports an error, if a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status). Diagnostic options on site: The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site: - RM mode - Standby mode - Signal contact status - Status of the two voltage feeders - Port status - Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex) - Signal mask (setpoint status) The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to be monitored via an input module from a controller. Via a serial interface, a PC or a programming device can be directly connected, operated by means of commands (command line interface (CLI)) Monitoring over the network; The following options are available: - PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-400 can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the SPS and HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages. - Remote via browser (Web-based management): Selection of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the network from a PC with browser - Remote via SNMP: Integration of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the network into a network management station Network management The network management provides the following functions: Password-protected dialup for "Administrator" (read and write authorization) and "User" (read only) Reading of version and status information Setting the signal and standby mask and address information Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters (in preparation) Fixed parameterization of the ports (data rates, half/full duplex) Output of statistics information Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror port with a standard commercial network analyzer Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the network by a TFTP server Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a TFTP server If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-400 switch can independently send error messages (traps) to a network management system or also s to a predefined network administrator. The remote monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions: The SCALANCE X-400 switch is in a position to collect statistics information according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out via Web-based management in the statistics sub-area. /7 Siemens IK PI 005

73 Switches SCALANCE X-400 modular Integration Operator Station (OS) OS SIMATIC IT SIMATIC Batch OS Engineering Station (ES) Switch SCALANCE X414-3E 1 Gbit/s terminal bus Switch SCALANCE X414-3E OS Server (redundant) Switch SCALANCE X414-3E 1 Gbit/s plant bus Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E S7-400H redundant controller S7-300 PROFIBUS ET 00M ET 00M Manufacturing cell G_IK10_XX_10079 Use of the SCALANCE X-400 switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7 At the terminal bus in the control center two SCALANCE X414-3E switches with extender (high number of ports) are used. These are connected together to create an electrical ring with a transmission rate of 1 Gbit/s. Several operator panels are provided and divided between the two switches, so that the system can still be operated if one switch fails. The terminal and plant bus are connected by means of redundant servers. The plant bus is designed as an optical ring. It connects three plant sections with the servers: SCALANCE X-400 switches without extenders are used for connecting high-availability SIMATIC controllers (H-systems). On failure of an individual controller or switch, the plant section remains functional. One SCALANCE X414-3E with extender (high number of ports) is used for the star-format connection of controllers. In this case, the failure of one switch is tolerated. Siemens IK PI 005 /73

74 Switches SCALANCE X-400 modular Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Type SCALANCE X414-3E Data transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Interfaces Connection of stations RJ45 socket (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP) Connection of fiber optic cable, ST sockets (BFOC) 100 Mbit/s Connection of fiber optic cable, SC sockets 1000 Mbit/s Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block Power supply 4 V DC (18 to 3 V DC) Network expansion parameter m TP cable length m Cable length for multimode fiber-optic cable at 100 Mbit/s; MM491- with glass fiber-optic cable 6.5/15 µm or 50/15 µm; 1 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz x km m Cable length for multimode fiber-optic cable at 1000 Mbit/s; MM49- with glass fiber-optic cable 50/15 µm;.7 db/km at 850 nm; 600 MHz x km 0-6 km Cable length for singlemode fiber-optic cable at 100 Mbit/s; MM491- with glass fiber-optic cable 10/15 µm or 9/15 µm; 0.5 db/km at 1300 nm 0-10 km Cable length for singlemode fiber-optic cable at 1000 Mbit/s; MM49- LD with glass fiber-optic cable 10/15 µm or 9/15 µm; 0.5 db/km at 1300 nm Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -0 C to +80 C Relative humidity during operation < 95% Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 344 x 145 x 11 Weight 3.4 kg Mounting S7-300 sectional rail, DIN rail Degree of protection IP0 SCALANCE X414-3E Modular switch with x Gigabit and 1 x 100 Mbit integral TP ports for configuring electrical and/or optical Industrial Ethernet networks; With one Gigabit and two 100 Mbit media module slots and one extender interface; Management functionality over SNMP and Web server Media module MM49- Media module with ports 1000BaseSX, 1 Gbit/s, multimode fiber-optic cable up to 550 m, SC interface Media module MM49-LD Media module with ports 1000BaseLX, 1 Gbit/s, singlemode fiber-optic cable up to 10 km, SC interface Media module MM491- Media module with ports 100BaseFX, 100 Gbit/s, multimode fiber-optic cable up to 3 km, BFOC interface Media module MM491-LD Media module with ports 100BaseFX, long distance, 100 Mbit/s, single-mode fiber-optic cable up to 6 km, BFOC interface Extender module EM495-8 Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports Extender module EM496-4 Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s MM IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for with interface for a replaceable insert; without replaceable insert with FE insert; replaceable insert for x 100 Mbit/s interfaces with 1GE insert; replaceable insert for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces with power insert; replaceable insert for 1 x 4 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot 6GK FC00-AA 6GK5 49-AL00-8AA 6GK5 49-AM00-8AA 6GK5 491-AB00-8AA 6GK5 491-AC00-8AA 6GK BA00-8AA 6GK MA00-8AA 6GK FC00-AA 6GK BE00-0AA0 6GK BE00-0AA1 6GK BE00-0AA 6GK BE00-0AA3 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK AB00 /74 Siemens IK PI 005

75 Switches ELS Overview Benefits Ideal solution for configuring Ethernet line topologies Simple wiring method using integrated FastConnect elements Simple network configuration without propagation time calculation, also for very large lines Simple diagnostics through integrated web server on the ELS TP40M Simple integration of the ELS TP40M in an existing network management infrastructure through SNMP Use of standard patch cables (uncrossed) is possible using the integrated autocrossover function The Electrical Lean Switches ELS TP40 / ELS TP40M are optimized for creating networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line topology, but they can also be used as a single star point. The ELS TP40s are connected to each other via the IE FC x by means of integral insulation-piercing contacts. One or two stations or a station and a programming device are connected over two RJ45 sockets. ELS TP40M with an additional integral Web server, SNMP access and function for remote diagnostics and signaling over the network. The Electrical Lean Switch ELS TP80 is used to create networks with a star topology comprising up to 8 stations over RJ45 sockets or to expand the number of ports in OSM/ESM applications. Application ELS switches support low-cost construction of line or star network topologies with switching functions. ELS switches are designed for installation in the control cabinet. Product variants ELS TP40 They are used to construct line topologies or small neutral points. Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication). Two RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations and two interfaces with insulation-piercing contacts for direct connection of the FC TP cables. ELS TP40M They are used to construct line topologies or small star neutral points. Device diagnostics and signaling with LEDs (power, link status, data communication) and remote diagnostics using a Web browser, SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) and function. Two RJ45 sockets for connecting stations and two interfaces with insulation-piercing contacts for direct connection of the FC TP cables ELS TP80 Used to construct star structures or to extend the number of ports in conjunction with OSM/ESM or ELS TP40 applications. Device diagnostics is possible with LEDs (power, link status, data communication). Eight RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations. Siemens IK PI 005 /75

76 Switches ELS Application (continued) Network topology with ELS TP40 Design The ELS modules in the rugged metal casing are suitable for simple mounting onto standard rails. All modules feature a 3-pole terminal block that is used to connect the supply voltage (4 V DC). The status information is indicated by means of a line of LEDs (power, link status, data communication). For ELS, the following port types are available: 10/100BaseTX RJ45 RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data transmission rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing function for connecting TP cables (e.g TP Cords). 10/100BaseTX insulation-piercing contacts Insulation-piercing contact element for direct connection to IE FC Cables x up to 100 m with Autosensing and Autocrossing function for setting up line topologies. Function Configuring line or star topologies. Integral Autocrossing function of the ports which allows untwisted connecting leads to be used. Load disconnection through integral switch functionality. Simple network configuration and network expansion. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion of the network if ELS switches are cascaded. Network topology and network configuration The ELS TP40 switches are typically installed in a control cabinet with the stations to be connected. The control cabinets are interconnected in a line topology. /76 Siemens IK PI 005

77 0 1 s POWER TEMP SIMATIC PANEL PC A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A 1 3 INS DEL TAB HELP SHIFT. 0 +/- ESC ACK F N CTRL ALT ENTER Switches Function (continued) When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following basic conditions: Length of the TP cable between two ELSs, max. 100 m: Length of the TP cable to data terminal, max. 100 m ELS IP address: The IP address is assigned for ELS TP40M using the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If an appropriate server is not available in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool or STEP 7. Control cabinet ELS TP80 SIMATIC Field PG ELS TP80 TP cord FC outlet RJ45 10/100 Mbit/s FC cable S7-400 S7-300 MP 370 G_IK10_XX_10118 Star network topology with ELS TP80 ELS TP80 OSM TP6 Control cabinet ELS TP80 OSM TP6 fiber optic SIMATIC Field PG TP cord FC outlet with FC TP cable S7-400 IE/PB Link S7-400 / MP 370 ET 00X PROFIBUS G_IK10_XX_10119 Increasing the density of connections for OSM TP6 Siemens IK PI 005 /77

78 Switches ELS Function (continued) Commissioning and diagnosis The ELS offers different diagnostic functions: The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment: Power Port status Data communication The ELS TP40M can also be integrated in a network management system using the standardized SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) In the event of a fault in the device, the ELS TP40M can send error messages (SNMP traps) to a network system or as to a specified network manager. Diagnostic data for the device (statistical information) can also be obtained over the integral Web server using a standard browser. Line network topology with ELS TP40M and diagnostic access /78 Siemens IK PI 005

79 Switches ELS Technical specifications Electrical Lean Switch ELS TP40/ELS TP40M ELS TP80 Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces Connection of stations x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) Connection of x insulation-piercing contacts (10/100 Mbit/s) - FC TP cables Connection for supply voltage 1 x 3-pole terminal block 1 x 3-pole terminal block Power supply 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) Current consumption 150 ma / 15 ma 150 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 3.6 W / 5. W 3.6 W Network extension parameter TP cable length Perm. ambient conditions m, FC TP Standard Cable 0 85 m FC Marine/Trailing Cable or over FC Outlet RJ45 with 0 90 m FC Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord 0 75 m FC Marine/Trailing Cable + 10 m TP Cord 0 90 m FC Standard Cable + 10 m TP Cord 0 75 m FC Marine/Trailing Cable +10mTPCord Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C 0 C to +60 C Storage/transport temperature -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +80 C Relative humidity during operation < 95 % < 95 % Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 145 x 16.5 x x 16.5 x 6.5 Weight 950 g 950 g Mounting Standard rail Standard rail Degree of protection IP0 IP0 Approvals Radio interference level EN EN Immunity to noise EN EN UL listing UL 1950 UL 1950 CSA CSA C. No. 950 CSA C. No. 950 FM FM 3611 FM 3611 C-Tick AS/NZS 064 (Class A) AS/NZS 064 (Class A) CE Yes Yes Ordering data Order No. Order No. ELS TP40 for Electrical lean switch with two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation displacement connections for configuring a line topography and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports ELS TP40M for Electrical lean switch with two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation displacement connections for configuring a line topography and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and Web diagnosis functionality through SNMP 6GK1 10-6AA00 6GK1 10-6AB00 ELS TP80 for Electrical lean switch with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports for star networks for increasing the connection density in conjunction with OSM/ESM Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version Network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German English 6GK1 10-7AA00 6GK BA10-0AA0 6GK BA10-0AA1 Siemens IK PI 005 /79

80 Switches OSM/ESM Overview Flexible configuration of networks, the network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with OSM/ESM modules. Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling contact, digital inputs, SNMP or Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction The managed OSM and ESM switches are used to construct networks at the control level The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s over - Glass fiber-optic cables for OSM - Twisted pair cables for ESM Connection of data terminals or network segments depending on the OSM/ESM type through - to 8 Twisted Pair ports in RJ45 or 9-pole Sub-D version with 10/100 Mbit/s - 3 or 8 fiber-optic ports with 100 Mbit/s Integrated redundancy manager supports high-speed media redundancy also for large networks Very easy network configuration and network extension without complex configuration rules or parameterization SNMP and Web-based Management and RMON Error signaling by Integration of digital signals, e.g. door switch, temperature monitoring or signaling contacts into the management system by means of digital inputs Benefits Reliable communication due to very fast reconfiguration of the network in event of fault (<0.3 seconds) Security of investment for existing networks due to - effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or subnetworks to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s - Enhanced performance thanks to load decoupling and a data rate of 100 Mbit/s Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for extremely large networks High availability of the network due to: - Redundant voltage feed - Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or Twisted Pair cables; redundancy manager and standby function are integrated Application The OSM (Optical Switch Module) and ESM (Electrical Switch Module) are used in the construction of switched networks with data transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s in the control level range, in which strict demands are placed on network availability and comprehensive diagnostics are required. In existing networks, load decoupling and thus increased network performance can be achieved by creating segments (subdividing a network into subnetworks/segments) and connecting these segments to an OSM/ESM. The redundancy manager integrated into OSM/ESM allows redundant rings to be constructed in switching technology with high-speed media redundancy (reconfiguration time 0.3 seconds max.). The data transmission rate in the ring is 100 Mbit/s; for each ring, up to 50 OSMs (optical ring) or ESMs (electrical ring) can be used. Apart from the ring ports, OSM/ESM has other ports (with either RJ45, ITP or BFOC interfaces) to which data terminals or network segments can be connected. With OSM BC08 and media converters Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11, "Fiber to the machine" concepts can be implemented, so that the advantages of optical transmission technology can be utilized both for the backbone area and for station connection: High-speed station connection (100 Mbit/s Full Duplex) over OSM BC08 and media converter Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 (fiber-optic cable through to the control cabinet) in an environment subjected to strong electromagnetic fields Bridging of large distances of up to 3 km between two OSM BC08 modules or from an OSM BC08 to a distant station Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection measures are not necessary thanks to fiber-optic cables. OSM TP or ESM TP40 modules are ideal for installation in the control cabinet with 1 or stations connected (low equipment density). With OSM/ESM (devices with 8 ports), several rings can be redundantly interconnected using the integrated standby function. Apart from the ring ports, OSM/ESM modules are equipped with other ports to which both data terminals and network segments can be connected. OSM/ESM offer the following three error signaling functions: Over a signaling contact Over SNMP (traps) by Signals such as signaling contacts from PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts can be connected to OSM/ESM through digital inputs. These digital inputs can be monitored using network management functions (read out status, on status change, create trap or log table entry). /80 Siemens IK PI 005

81 Switches OSM/ESM Design Function OSM/ESM have a stable metal casing. They are suitable for the Enhancing network performance following installation types: By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) Standard rail address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains local; Wall mounting only data to stations of another subnetwork is forwarded by the Mounting in 19-inch racks (when modules are used) OSM/ESM. All modules have Simple network configuration and network expansion. a 6-pole terminal block for connecting the supply voltage (redundant 4 V DC infeed) and the floating signaling contact as OSM or up to 5 km with ESM. The OSM/ESM saves the data re- The overall extension of the network can be up to 150 km with well as ceived at the ports and forwards it independently to the destination address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not one or two 6-pole terminal blocks for connecting four digital restrict the expansion of the network beyond the switch port. inputs in each case Limiting error propagation to the subnetwork concerned The operating mode and status information are displayed by LEDs and a selection button. The OSM/ESM only passes on valid data. Modules with 8 ports also have a standby interface that is used Integration of existing subnetworks at 10 Mbit/s in fast to synchronize two modules when coupling redundant rings. Ethernet networks at 100 Mbit/s Using the serial interface, OSM/ESM can be The OSM/ESM automatically detects the data transmission rate parameterized, diagnosed or upgraded to the latest firmware at Twisted Pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s) as well as full-duplex or status. The firmware can also be upgraded over the network. half-duplex mode. OSM/ESM is available with 4 or 8 ports. They Fast redundancy in the ring are equipped with the following types of ports depending on the (reconfiguration time of the ring is max. 0.3 seconds) variant: The availability of the communication can be enhanced by closing an optical line with an OSM or an electrical line with an ESM Twisted Pair interface (RJ45); 10/100BaseTX : RJ45 socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s) to form a ring. OSM/ESM have an integral redundancy manager as well as automatic cross-over of the send/receive cables for that continuously monitors the function of the network. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of a connecting FC cables in the field to IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 of up to 100 m in length or TP Cords (max. length 10 m, in combination with IE FC Outlet RJ45s and IE FC cables up to 100 m) 0.3 seconds. OSM/ESM and activates the standby link within no more than Twisted Pair interface (Sub-D); 10/100BaseTX: Fast standby redundancy 9-pole Sub-D socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s) as well as automatic cross-over of the Several redundant rings can be reliably interconnected over the send/receive circuits for connecting ITP cables (max. length integrated standby function (in the case of OSM/ESM with 100 m) with Sub-D connectors 8 ports). For this purpose, two OSM or ESM modules belonging Glass FOC: Multimode (MM);100BaseFX BFOC: to one ring that are connected over a standby link are connected BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate, for to the other ring over two separate connection paths. connecting multimode fiber-optic cables in environments Digital inputs subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances of up to 3000 m between two OSMs Simple integration of digital signals in SNMP-based network management. Glass FOC: Singlemode (SM);100BaseFX BFOC: BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate, for Autocrossover function on RJ45 ports connecting singlemode fiber-optic cables in environments subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances On RJ45 ports, if required, OSM/ESM TP of up to 6 km between two OSM ITP6-LD modules automatically cross over the send and receive circuits modules. to the connected partner device. This means that twisted TP XP Cords are not necessary. The Autocrossover function requires that Autonegotiation is activated. Siemens IK PI 005 /81

82 Switches OSM/ESM Function (continued) Module type Type and number of ports Typical applications Redundancy Service Safety Twisted Pair (Sub-D9) Autosensing 10/100 Mbit/s Twisted Pair (RJ45) Autosensing 10/100 Mbit/s LWL- Multimode (BFOC) 100 Mbit/s LWL- Singlemode (BFOC) 100 Mbit/s x 4 V DC Ring Stand-by LED on switch Signaling contact Digital inputs Webbased Management & SNMP RMON Configuration Save & Load Firmware Load Log Table Save Mirror port MAC filter Access protection OSM TP 4 OSM TP6 6 8 OSM ITP6 6 8 OSM ITP53 Control Level OSM ITP6-LD 6 8 OSM BC OSM product variants Module type Typical applications Type and number of ports Redundancy Service Safety Twisted Pair (Sub-D9) Autosensing 10/100 Mbit/s Twisted Pair (RJ45) Autosensing 10/100 Mbit/s x 4 V DC Ring Stand-by LED on switch Signaling contact Digital inputs Webbased Management & SNMP RMON Configuration Save & Load Firmware Load Log Table Save Mirror port MAC filter Access protection ESM TP ESM TP80 Control Level 8 8 ESM ITP ESM product variants /8 Siemens IK PI 005

83 Switches OSM/ESM Function (continued) Cabinet IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 ESM TP80 ESM Patch panel with IE FC Outlet RJ45 A S7-300 with CP D IE FC Standard Cable x max. 90m PC with CP 1613 IE FC Standard Cable max. 100 m B IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 S7-300 with CP 343-1/ CP Advanced Max. cable length: D=A+C 10 m A+B+C 100 m C S7-400 with CP 443-1/ CP Advanced A, C, D = IE TP Cord x B = IE FC Standard Cable C S7-400 with CP 443-1/ CP Advanced G_IK10_XX_10114 Example of device connection with ESM Network topology and network configuration The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with OSM/ESM modules. The following network structures and combinations of structures can be implemented: optical line and star topology with OSM, SCALANCE X04- or SCALANCE X414-3E and optical-fiber media module 100 Mbit/s: The cascade depth and network extension are only limited by the signal propagation delay; the overall extension can be up to 150 km. electrical line and star topologies with ESM, SCALANCE X08 or SCALANCE X414-3E: The cascading depth and network extension are only limited by the signal propagation time, the overall network extension can be up to 5 km. Structuring of existing networks by connecting individual subnetworks to OSM/ESM Optical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy (up to 50 OSM, SCALANCE X04- or SCALANCE X414-3E per ring; reconfiguration time is max. 0.3 seconds) Electrical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy (up to 50 ESM, SCALANCE X08 or SCALANCE X414-3E per ring; reconfiguration time is max. 0.3 seconds) Hierarchic redundant rings: Individual redundant rings (10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) are connected over two OSM or ESM modules to a higher-level 100 Mbit/s ring. High-speed media redundancy can be achieved for the individual rings and for their redundant coupling. When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions: Maximum FOC length between two modules: 3000 m for multimode FOCs Maximum length of the fiber-optic cable between two Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP6-LD modules: 6 km for singlemode FOCs Maximum length of TP-Cord: 10 m; together with Outlets RJ45 and FC cables up to 100 m Maximum length of the ITP cable with Sub-D connectors between modules or to the station: 100 m. Maximum length of the IE FC cable x with an IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 between two modules or to the station: 100 m Network configuration rules such as "Propagation time equivalence" and "Variability value" end at the port of the switch and have no influence on the cascading of switches. Siemens IK PI 005 /83

84 Switches OSM/ESM Function (continued) Server Operator Station Engineering Station PC PC Standby Connection 100 Mbit/s Switch SCALANCE X414-3E S7-300 OSM OSM OSM OSM ESM ESM Switch SCALANCE X04- Switch SCALANCE X04- S7-300 Switch SCALANCE X Mbit/s S7-400 OSM Switch SCALANCE X04- PG S7-300 S7-400 G_IK10_XX_1013 Optical and electrical ring, redundantly coupled Commissioning and diagnosis The following settings can be made on the OSM/ESM module: Redundancy manager RM When setting up a ring, a module in the ring is switched into RM mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used for the connection of data terminals and networks. Standby function (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports) In the case of a redundantly coupled ring, a module in the ring that is linked to the neighboring module over a standby link is switched to standby mode by means of a switch. Signal mask; the signal mask is set to the current status of the module (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines which ports and which voltage feeders are to be monitored. The signal contact only reports an error, if a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status). OSM/ESM features the following diagnostic functions: The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site: - RM mode - Standby mode (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports) - Signal contact status - Status of the two voltage feeders - Port status - Port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex) - Signal mask (setpoint status) - Status of the digital inputs The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to be monitored via an input module from a controller. /84 Siemens IK PI 005

85 Switches OSM/ESM Function (continued) Technical specifications OSM/ESM can also be monitored by means Data transmission rate of network management. The following interfaces are provided Interface variants for this: Locally on the module; Connection of data terminals or over the serial interface and PC with terminal emulation per subnetworks (10/100 Mbit/s) command line (CLI Command Line Interface) Connection for power supply and Remote via browser (Web-based management): signaling contact Selection of OSM/ESM modules over the network from a PC Connection for digital input signals with browser and auxiliary power Remotely over SNMP; integration of OSM/ESM over the network to a Network Management Station Network management Network management offers the following functions: Password-protected dialup for "Administrator" (read and write authorization) and "User" (read only) Power supply Reading of version and status information Current consumption (at rated voltage) Setting the signal and standby mask and address information Permanent parameterization of the ports and filter tables Power loss at 4 V DC (filter tables only for OSM/ESM with 8 ports) Network expansion parameter Output of statistical information Cable length between OSM ITP6/OSM TP6 Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror port with a standard commercial network analyzer Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the Cable length between OSM network by a TFTP server ITP6-LD Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a Cable length with RJ45 connection TFTP server method If faults occur in the network, the OSM/ESM can send error messages (traps) to a network management system or also s to a predefined network administrator. Remote Monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions for Cable length with Sub-D connection method OSM/ESM modules with 8 ports: The OSM/ESM can collect statistical data in accordance with RMON Standards 1 to 3. These include, for example, fault Cascading depth statistics that are kept for each port. Line/star topology This information can be read out from the OSM/ESM through Redundant ring Web-based management in the statistics sub-area. 10/100 Mbit/s For variants, see table of device connections RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s Autocrossover) or 9-pole Sub-D socket 1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block 1 x 6-pole pluggable terminal block for OSM TP/ESM TP40) or x 6-pole pluggable terminal block Input voltage: - Rated value 4 V DC - for status "1": V - for status "0": V - max. input current: 8 ma x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V DC) 1000 ma 0 W 0 to 3 km with 50/15 µm or 6.5/15 µm glass fiber; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz*km 0 to 6 km with 10/15 µm or 9/15 µm glass fiber; 0.5 db/km at 1300 nm; 0 to 100 m with FC RJ45 Plug 180 and FC cables 0 to 10 m with TP Cord 0 to 100 m with structured cabling (e.g. with FC Outlet RJ45) 0 to 100 m Any (dependant on signal propagation time only) 50 (for reconfiguration time <0.3s) Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C (OSM ITP6-LD: 0 C to +55 C) Storage/transport temperature -0 C to +80 C Relative humidity Max. 95 % at +5 C Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 17 x x 69 Weight Approx. 1,400 g Mounting Standard rail, fixed mounting for 19" rack (in pairs) Degree of protection IP0 Approvals UL 1950 CSA CSA C. No. 950 FM Class 1, Division, Group A, B, C, D C-Tick AS/NZS 064 (Class A) CE Use in industrial environments Marine approvals Germanische Lloyd (GL) Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS) Bureau Veritas (BV) Det Norske Veritas (DNV) American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Europe Ltd. (ABS) Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Siemens IK PI 005 /85

86 Switches OSM/ESM Ordering data Order No. Order No. OSM ITP6 Optical Switch Module with fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management OSM TP6 Optical Switch Module with fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management OSM ITP6-LD Optical Switch Module with fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s long distance (single mode FOC up to 6 km), 6 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management OSM ITP53 Optical Switch Module with 3 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 5 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management OSM TP Optical Switch Module with fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management OSM BC08 Optical Switch Module with 8 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management ESM ITP80 Optical Switch Module with 8 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management ESM TP80 Optical Switch Module with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management 6GK1 105-AA10 6GK1 105-AB10 6GK1 105-AC10 6GK1 105-AD10 6GK1 105-AE00 6GK AA00 6GK AA10 6GK AB10 ESM TP40 6GK AC00 Optical Switch Module with 4 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 digital inputs; redundant 4 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK FC00-0AA0 For connection FC cables and TP Cords; graded prices from 10 and 50 units IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 6GK BB10-AA0 1 pack = 10 items 6GK BB10-AB0 1 pack = 50 items 6GK BB10-AE0 Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines German 6GK BA10-0AA0 English 6GK BA10-0AA1 ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9 ITP installation cable with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors for synchronizing two ESMs over the standby port for redundant coupling of subnetworks m 6XV CH0 5 m 6XV CH50 8 m 6XV CH80 1 m 6XV CN1 15 m 6XV CN15 0 m 6XV CN0 30 m 6XV CN30 40 m 6XV CN40 /86 Siemens IK PI 005

87 Switches OMC TP11 and TP11-LD Overview OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD optical media converters convert the electrical Twisted Pair interface into an optical interface and therefore enable the targeted use of fiber optic-cables Optical connection of OMC TP11 media converters to other OMC TP11s or to OSM TPs through the fiber-optic port (BFOC sockets) with multimode glass FOCs up to 3 km in length at a transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s Monomode variant OMC TP11-LD supports monomode fiberoptic cables of up to 6 km in length to other OMC TP11-LD converters Electrical connection of data terminals capable of 100 Mbit/s to the RJ45 port of OMC TP11 or OMC TP11-LD using TP Cords up to 6 m in length Can be combined with OSM/ESM in a redundant ring or in standby configurations Integration of the media converters in the plant monitoring system using the signaling contact Benefits Media redundancy of OSM/ESM is maintained through interconnection of OMC. High availability through redundant power supply. Simple monitoring and diagnostics through signal contact. Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection equipment is not required due to use of fiber-optic cables Application The optical media converters OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD for enable selective use of FOC in Industrial Ethernet networks. 100 Mbit/s full duplex twisted pair interfaces of terminals or network components are converted to FOC interfaces with OMC. This allows implementation of the following applications: Connection of an individual remote terminal or a remote subnetwork through FOC to an network. Maximum FOC lengths are as follows: - with multimode FOC and OMC TP11 3 km or - with OMC TP11-LD and monomode FOC 6 km. Integration of an FOC line in a redundant ring with ESM through the interconnection of two OMCs and FOC Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection measures are not necessary when using OMC and FOC. The OMCs forward fail-state characteristics that they recognize at one port to other ports. For this reason they can be integrated in redundant rings or between rings on redundant connection routes (connection of OMC to the coupling or ring port of an OSM TP/ESM). The reliability performance of the media converters can be monitored through the signal contact. Design The OMCs TP11 and TP11-LD are equipped with an industry-standard metal housing. It is suitable for the following types of assembly: DIN standard mounting rail Wall mounting OMC has a 6-pin terminal block for connecting the supply voltage (redundant 4 V DC incoming supply) and the isolated signal contact. The signal contact can be monitored through an input module by a controller. LEDs display the following information: Signal contact status State of both 4 V incoming feeders L1 and L Link state/data port 1 and port The OMC TP11 has the following interfaces: 100BaseTX: RJ45 socket, 100 Mbit/s data rate, for the connection of TP Cords or TP XP Cords of up to 6 m in length. 100BaseFX BFOC: BFOC sockets, transmission speed 100 Mbit/s, for connection of multimode FOCs up to 3000 m in length per line segment or for connection of monomode FOCs up to 6 km in length per line segment with OMC TP11-LD. Function Conversion of twisted pair signals (100 Mbit/s) to optical signals (100 Mbit/s) and vice versa. Signaling of operating parameters for 100 Mbit/s full duplex operation to twisted pair interface during link setup. Electrical connection of OMC to network components (e.g. OSM/ESM) through crossed twisted pair patch cable (TP XP Cord; max. 6 m) Electrical connection of OMC to data terminals (e.g. S7-400 with CP 443-1) through uncrossed twisted pair patch cable (TP Cord; max. 6 m). Siemens IK PI 005 /87

88 OMC TP11 OMC TP11 OMC TP11 OMC TP11 OMC TP11 Switches OMC TP11 and TP11-LD Integration Fiber optic connection in the redundant ring with ESM OSM TP6 O M C OSM ESM 100 Mbit/s max. 6 m TP XP cord ESM ESM Remote subnet ESM ESM ESM O M C 100 Mbit/s fiber optic max. 3 km/6 km ESM ESM ESM 10/100 Mbit/s Remote node PC ESM TP XP cord max. 6 m 100 Mbit/s S7-400 S7-300 S7-400 O M C 100 Mbit/s max. 6 m TP cord G_IK10_XX_1013 Configuration example for OMC /88 Siemens IK PI 005

89 Switches OMC TP11 and TP11-LD Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate Interfaces Electrical connection of data terminals or network components Optical connection to additional OMC or OSM TP Connection for power supply and signaling contact 100 Mbit/s RJ45 socket (100 Mbit/s; 100BaseTX) for connection of TP Cords or TP XP Cords up to 6 m in length BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s; 100BaseFX) for multimode (OMC TP11) or for monomode (OMC TP11-LD) 1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block, can be screwed Power supply x 4 V DC (18 V to 3 V) Current input at rated voltage 50 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 5 W Network expansion parameter TP cable length 0 to 6 m with TP Cord Optical-fiber cable length between two OMC TP11s or between an OSM and OMC TP11 Optical-fiber cable length between two OMC TP11-LDs or between an OSM ITP6-LD and OMC TP11-LD Perm. ambient conditions 0 to 3 km (6.5/15 µm glass fiber; 1.0 db/km at 1300 nm; 600 MHz*km) 0 to 6 km (10/15 µm or 9/15 µm glass fiber; 0.5 db/km at 1300 nm) Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature 5 C to +80 C Relative humidity during operation < 95 % Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 54 x x 69 Weight 350 g Mounting Standard rail, fixed installation Degree of protection IP0 Approvals UL 1950 CSA CSA C. No. 950 FM Class 1, Division, Group A, B, C, D C-Tick AS/NZS 064 (Class A) CE Use in industrial environments OMC TP11 for 6GK1 100-AB00 Optical Media Converter RJ45 on multimode fiber-optic cable (BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to 3 km; redundant 4 V DC incoming supply and signal contact; OMC TP11-LD for 6GK1 100-AC00 Optical Media Converter RJ45 on monomode fiber-optic cable (BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to 6 km; redundant 4 V DC incoming supply and signal contact; Terminal connection TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 TP connecting cable with RJ45 connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 850-GE50 1 m 6XV1 850-GH10 m 6XV1 850-GH0 6 m 6XV1 850-GH60 TP cord RJ45/15 TP cord with one 15-pin Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-LE50 1 m 6XV1 850-LH10 m 6XV1 850-LH0 6 m 6XV1 850-LH60 Network component connection TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 Twisted TP cable with RJ45 connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 850-HE50 1 m 6XV1 850-HH10 m 6XV1 850-HH0 6 m 6XV1 850-HH60 TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 Twisted TP cord with one 9-pin Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector 0.5 m 6XV1 850-ME50 1 m 6XV1 850-MH10 m 6XV1 850-MH0 6 m 6XV1 850-MH60 Siemens IK PI 005 /89

90 C-PLUG Accessories for Overview Design The C-PLUG is designed to the IP0 degree of protection. For IP65 components, the degree of protection is ensured by the construction of the target device. The power supply is also provided by the data terminal. The C-PLUG is plugged into the appropriate slot in the SIMATIC NET component. During start-up of the device and reconfiguring, the configuration data of the device is backed up automatically. In the event of component failure, the C-PLUG is simply removed from the failed component and plugged into the replacement part. The replacement unit installed in the network or in the automation system then starts up automatically with the same device configuration as the failed device. To protect against inadvertent removal (falling out), the slot for the C-PLUG is usually mounted on the rear of the data terminal. The C-PLUG can be labeled appropriately using the adhesive label supplied. Swap media that supports the fast and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components without a programming device in the event of a fault For implementation in all SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot For automatic backing up of configuration or engineering data from the SIMATIC NET components The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such as documents or Web pages In some SIMATIC S7 CP modules, such as the CP Advanced, the C-PLUG is a standard component of the scope of supply and is required to guarantee the complete functional scope of the respective component. Benefits The C-PLUG is plugged into the rear of the CP Advanced Quick and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components without the need to reconfigure the replacement part The device can be replaced without the need for specially trained personnel or a programming device or PC The downtime of network segments and connected Industrial Ethernet stations in the event of a fault is minimized. Application The C-PLUG is used when it is necessary for network components or communication modules to be replaced quickly and easily in the event of a fault without the need for reconfiguring the replacement part and without the need for special training. The C-PLUG is plugged into the IWLAN Access Point SCALANCE W 788-1PRO on the rear of the device /90 Siemens IK PI 005

91 Accessories for C-PLUG Function During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configuration Technical specifications Power supply Via data terminal data on an unwritten C-PLUG (factory state) that has been Power loss W plugged into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the configuration during normal operation are also backed up on the Mounting Can be plugged into a C-PLUG C-PLUG without any additional operator intervention. slot During start-up an unconfigured device automatically loads the configuration data from an inserted, written C-PLUG provided that the data were written by a compatible device type. Diagnostics Incorrect C-PLUG handling, such as inserting a C-PLUG that contains the configuration of another device group or general malfunctions of the C-PLUG are signaled over the diagnostic mechanisms for the respective data terminal (LEDs, PROFINET, SNMP, Web-based Management, etc.). Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Weight Memory capacity -0 C to +70 C -40 C to +80 C max. 95% (164 ft) 4.3 x 17 x 8.1 Approx. 5 g 3 MB Degree of protection IP0 Integration Supported products Ordering data Order No. Switches SCALANCE X SCALANCE X08 SCALANCE X08PRO SCALANCE X04- SCALANCE X06-1 SCALANCE X04IRT SCALANCE X0-IRT SCALANCE X414-3E (included in scope of supply) Industrial Security SCALANCE S SCALANCE S61 SCALANCE S613 Industrial Wireless LAN SCALANCE W SCALANCE W744-1PRO SCALANCE W788-1PRO SCALANCE W788-PRO System connections for SIMATIC S7 CP Advanced (included in scope of supply) CP CP Advanced (included in scope of supply) Routers IE/PB Link PN IO IWLAN/PB Link PN IO C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot 6GK AB00 Siemens IK PI 005 /91

92 Accessories for SICLOCK TM real-time transmitters Overview SICLOCK TM/TS are the central system clocks of the SICLOCK system for plant synchronization over industrial networks Accurate, common time basis on the network Automatic daylight-saving time changeover External synchronization through radio-clock interface, IRIG, messages or pulses Worldwide use with SICLOCK GPS or DCF77 time receiver Time synchronization over LAN and "Point-to-point" links Application The time-of-day synchronization of all the components in a production plant plays an important role in plant automation. The SICLOCK system makes synchronization possible by receiving highly precise time signals (GPS or DCF 77). The modular SICLOCK system enables the time-of day synchronization of anything from a single PLC to a large-scale plant with multiple redundancy. Design For parameterization and display of the device operating status SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS have an LCD which allows multilingual operation. The devices have a sturdy stainless steel housing. The metal housing and the integrated type of interface ensure a high interference immunity. SIMATIC standard mounting rails are used for mounting purpose; material kits are available in addition for 19 inch built-in units and 19 inch desktop units. Function GPS and DCF 77 high-precision time signals In the case of GPS the time information (Greenwich Meantime) from the GPS satellite system is evaluated. The GPS operating frequency (1.574 GHz) is higher than the interference frequencies arising in industry; optimum reception is thus guaranteed even in harsh conditions. For optimum operation the aerial needs an unobstructed vertical field of vision skywards, with a 90 beam angle. An alternative method of time synchronization is to use the time information provided by the German time signal transmitter DCF 77 on 77.5 khz longwave in Mainflingen near Frankfurt. Its use is restricted to Central Europe within a radius of around 000 km around Frankfurt/Main. Its suitability for industrial use results from the extremely narrow band capability of the built-in receiver. Time-of-day synchronization of SIMATIC PCS 7 systems For SIMATIC PCS 7 there are basically two different ways to synchronize the automation systems and the operator stations of a PCS 7 system with DCF 77 or GPS time signals. For small to medium systems the PCS 7 operator station acts as time-of-day master; in this case the aerials in question are connected directly to the COM interface of the personal computer (see Option ). For larger systems with numerous stations the time-of-day synchronization is performed through the SICLOCK TM (see Option.1 and.). SICLOCK TM acts as a system s central clock for high-precision time management and time-slice distribution to all the subsystems to be synchronized using and 8 additional outputs for point-to-point connections through RS 3, RS 485 and TTY 0 ma. SICLOCK TS acts as a time-of-day server for Ethernet with additional interfaces for IRIG A, B and J, and offers all the synchronization options of SICLOCK TM. Operation with a maximum accuracy of approx. ppm is possible within the time resolution of 1 ms. If the aerial fails, the device automatically switches over to quartz operation to continue providing a high level of accuracy. When the aerial fault is eliminated, the time signal is re-adopted without any time jump. The entire integration process for SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS is extremely fast, flexible, expandable and modification-friendly thanks to the patented parameterization method using the LCD panel and membrane keyboard. SICLOCK TM is SIMATIC NET-compatible and NTP- and SNMP-capable. /9 Siemens IK PI 005

93 Accessories for SICLOCK TM real-time transmitters Ordering data Order No. Order No. SICLOCK Option 1.1 DCFRS complete package Low-cost synchronization solution with DCF 77 comprising DCF 77 aerial with RS 3 connecting cable to the PC (maximum cable length: 0 m) Driver software for Windows Option 1. SICLOCK DCFRS industry version for use in wide-area, highinterference industrial environments; distance between aerial and controller up to 1 km SICLOCK DCFRS industry package comprising DCF 77 aerial (industry version) with mounting frame TTY/RS 3 transformer with plug-in power supply unit Two splitting boxes Driver software for Windows Option 1.3 SICLOCK WINGPS complete package GPS synchronization of PCs through the serial interface comprising GPS aerial with mounting frame Aerial cable, m Decoder RS 3 connecting cable Driver software for Windows Option 1.4 SICLOCK GPS DEC complete package Flexible GPS synchronization for plants comprising GPS aerial with mounting frame Aerial cable, m Decoder RS 3 connecting cable Plug-in power supply unit Parameterization software Option 1.5 SICLOCK GPS 1000E complete package Low-cost GPS synchronization with DCF 77 output for small plants with cable lengths up to 1000 m comprising GPS 1000 aerial with built-in decoder and mounting frame GPS 1000 PS power supply XV AR14 XV AR1 XV AR13 XV AR00 XV AR8 Option 1.6 DCF S7 complete package XV AR36 Very low-cost solution for DCF 77 synchronization of SIMATIC S7 through a digital input comprising SICLOCK DCFRS Interface RS 3-4 V DE STEP 7 function block for integrating in S7 software Option.1 SICLOCK TM complete package DCF 77 comprising DCF 77 aerial with TTY output and aerial frame SICLOCK TM in high-grade steel housing for standard rail mounting - 4 to 110 V DC XV AR6-90 to 30 V AC/DC XV AR7 Option. SICLOCK TM complete package GPS comprising GPS aerial with aerial frame Decoder with power supply unit Aerial cable, m Parameterization software and cable through RS 3 SICLOCK TM in high-grade steel housing for standard rail mounting - 4 to 110 V DC XV AR4-90 to 30 V AC/DC XV AR5 Option.3 SICLOCK TS complete package GPS 1000 comprising GPS 1000 aerial with mounting frame SICLOCK TS in high-grade steel housing for standard rail mounting - 4 V to 110 V DC XV AR54-90 to 30 V AC/DC XV AR55 Siemens IK PI 005 /93

94 Accessories for SICLOCK TM real-time transmitters Ordering data Order No. More information Accessories for SICLOCK TM Material kit for desktop unit XV AR80 Material set for 19 mounting XV AR81 frame SICLOCK DA 1000 LED display for date and time for industrial applications - Red LEDs XV AR65 - Green LEDs XV AR66 Accessories for GPS aerial GPS aerial cable, 30 m XV AR1 GPS aerial cable, 70 m XV AR07 Aerial cable lightning XV AR11 protection Lightning protection for RS 3 XV AR15 interface Lightning protection for GPS XV AR Optical time-slice distribution SICLOCK EOPC Transparent electro-optical pulse converter for time-slice distribution in star configuration through FOC with 3 outputs - 4 to 110 V DC XV AR7-90 to 30 V AC/DC XV AR73 SICLOCK PCON XV AR63 Pulse converter for transparent electro-optical and opticalelectric time-slice distribution with path monitoring and wide-range power supply unit More information is available from: SIEMENS AG I&S IT PS IP3 Contact for sales/service/training Mr. Bruno Krauß Sieboldstr Erlangen Tel.: +49 (0) 9131/ Fax: +49 (0) 9131/ [email protected] Additional information can be found in the Internet under: /94 Siemens IK PI 005

95 Industrial Security Overview Overview Service Controller with SOFTNET Security Client software WAN Firewall Manufacturing host controller with SOFTNET Security Client software Server PC with SOFTNET Security Client software PC Security Module SCALANCE S MES level Office network PC Switch SCALANCE X-400 Server Automation network Switch SCALANCE X414 3E Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Panel PC HMI Robot cells Automation cells Robot cells G_IK10_XX_30015 secure access (VPN tunnel) Secure communication with SCALANCE S Modern automation technology is based on communication and the trend toward increased networking of individual manufacturing islands. It is becoming more and more important to integrate all the manufacturing components into a uniform network that merges with the office network and the corporate Intranet. There is also a requirement for remote access for servicing, the increasing use of IT mechanisms such as Web servers and with programmable controllers as well as the use of wireless LANs. In this manner, industrial communication interacts more and more with the IT environment and is now subjected to the same dangers that are well-known from the office and IT environment, such as hackers, viruses, worms and Trojans. The current security concepts are tailored to the office world and require constant administration and specialist knowledge. They are not usually conversant with the special protocol landscape of industrial communication and are not designed to withstand the harsh environmental conditions. With its security concept, Siemens offers a safety solution specially designed for industrial automation engineering that satisfies the specific requirements of this application environment. Advantages of the industrial security concept: Protection from espionage and data manipulation Protection against overloading of the communication system Protection against mutual interference Protection against addressing mistakes Easy, user friendly configuration and administration without the need for specialist knowledge using IT security techniques Changes or modifications to the existing network structure are not necessary No changes or modification of the existing applications or network stations are necessary Rugged, industry-compatible design SCALANCE S security modules offer a scaleable security functionality: Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from unauthorized access regardless of the size of the network to be protected. Supplementary or alternative VPN (Virtual Private Network) for reliable authentication of the communication partners and encryption of the transmitted data SOFTNET security client for secure access from PCs and notebooks to programmable controllers protected by SCALANCE S. Siemens IK PI 005 /95

96 Industrial Security SCALANCE S Overview Benefits Security module SCALANCE S61 and SCALANCE S613 Security modules for protecting automation networks and to provide security during data transfer between programmable controllers Communication is only possible between authenticated and authorized devices - Protection against operator mistakes - Prevention of unauthorized access - Prevention of faults and communications overload Encryption of data transmission - Protection against espionage - Protection against manipulation Easier handling thanks to minimal configuration and no special knowledge of IT security is required No modification or adaptation of the existing network structure, applications or stations is required The security of the communication is independent of the protocol used (PROFINET, Ethernet/IP, MODBUS TCP etc.) Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data (not included in scope of supply) Access control and protection for data transmission in the industrial environment Easier handling thanks to minimal configuration and no special knowledge of IT security is required Problem-free integration in existing networks No need to modify or alter the network topology or to reconfigure any network stations. The security of the communication is not dependent on the protocol, i.e. all the IP-based communication protocols (e.g. PROFINET, Ethernet/IP, Modbus TCP, etc.) and even Layer automation protocols are protected. Rugged, industry-compatible design tailored to the requirements in the industrial environment Module replacement without programming devices, as all information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG swap medium (even the file system for IT functions). The security of the communication can be guaranteed regardless of the protocol used (e.g. PROFINET, Ethernet/IP, MODBUS TCP, HTTP, FTP, NTP, ISO etc.) Application Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security and meet the specific requirements of automation systems, such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault. Depending on the respective security needs, various different security measures can be combined with one another. The SIMATIC NET SCALANCE S61 and SCALANCE S613 security modules protect data access and transmission for specific devices or whole network segments (e.g. automation cells). Function Security functions VPN (Virtual Private Network); for reliable authentication (identification) of the network stations, for encrypting the data and checking data integrity. Authentication; All incoming data traffic is monitored and checked. As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition, Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested VPN mechanisms. Data encryption; Secure encryption is necessary in order to protect data communication from espionage and unauthorized manipulation. This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network. The SCALANCE Security Module establishes VPN tunnels to other Security Modules for this purpose. /96 Siemens IK PI 005

97 Function (continued) Firewall; Can be used as an alternative or to supplement VPN with flexible access control. The firewall filters data packets and disables or enables communications links in accordance with the filter list (packet filter firewall). Both incoming and outgoing communication can be filtered, IP and MAC addresses, as well as communication protocols (ports). Logging; It is extremely important to be able to monitor the access as well. Detection of how, when and by whom it has been accessed is as important as detecting access attempts, to ensure that preventative measures can be taken. These data are saved by the Security Module in a log file. Industrial Security SCALANCE S Versions: SCALANCE S61; - protects up to 3 devices, - up to 64 VPN tunnels simultaneously SCALANCE S613; - protects up to 64 devices, - up to 18 VPN tunnels simultaneously; - extended temperature range from -0 C to +70 C Configuring The configuration can be performed without special IT knowledge. Only the Security Modules that have to communicate with each other securely have to be created and configured. All the configuration data can be saved on the optional C-PLUG swap media (not included in scope of supply) so that the security module can be replaced quickly in the event of a fault and without the need of a programming device. External "insecure" network Internal network Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Internal network G_IK10_XX_1008 Secure communication with SCALANCE S PC/PG/notebook with CP 161 and SOFTNET Security Client software PC/PG/notebook with CP 7515 and SOFTNET Security Client software Access Point SCALANCE W788-1PRO Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Automation cell 1 Automation cell Automation cell 3 secure access G_IK10_XX_10083 Secure communication (wired or wireless) between programming devices (PG) and with devices protected by SCALANCE S Siemens IK PI 005 /97

98 Industrial Security SCALANCE S Function (continued) Service Controller with SOFTNET Security Client software WAN Firewall Manufacturing host controller with SOFTNET Security Client software Server PC with SOFTNET Security Client software PC Security Module SCALANCE S MES level Office network PC Server Switch SCALANCE X-400 Automation network Switch SCALANCE X414 3E Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Panel PC HMI Robot cells Automation cells Robot cells G_IK10_XX_30015 secure access (VPN tunnel) Secure communication between programmable controllers with SCALANCE S /98 Siemens IK PI 005

99 Industrial Security SCALANCE S Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) red port External network green port Internal network Power supply 4 V DC (0.4 V V) Current consumption 130 ma at 4 V Power loss Approximately 3 W Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature - SCALANCE S61 0 C C - SCALANCE S613-0 C C Transport/storage temperature - SCALANCE S61-40 C C - SCALANCE S C C Relative humidity during operation - SCALANCE S61 < 95% (at 30 C) - SCALANCE S613 < 95% (at 30 C) Construction Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 15 x 60 x 115 Weight Approx. 0.7 kg Mounting For snapping onto a standard mounting rail Screw-mounting onto S7-300 subrack and onto horizontal and vertical surfaces Degree of protection IP30 Approvals CE, CuL 1950, FM, ATEX, C-Tick Approvals for use in marine vessels Available soon Certificates ISO/IEC Common Criteria (EAL4+) (available soon) Performance data Number of VPN connections that can be operated simultaneously SCALANCE S61 max. 64 SCALANCE S613 max. 18 Number of internal nodes SCALANCE S61 max. 3 SCALANCE S613 max. 64 SCALANCE S industrial security modules for protection of programmable controllers and automation networks and for securing industrial communication; configuring tool and electronic manual on CD-ROM German, English, French, Italian, Spanish SCALANCE S61; protects up to 3 devices, up to 64 VPN tunnels simultaneously SCALANCE S613; protects up to 64 devices, up to 17 VPN tunnels simultaneously; extended temperature range ( C) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items SOFTNET Security Client 004 Software for setting up safe IP-based VPN connections from a programming device/pc with network segments which are secured by SCALANCE S; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, configuring tool and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows 000 Professional, XP Professional, 003 Server German, English, French, Italian, Spanish C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot 6GK5 61-0BA00-AA3 6GK BA00-AA3 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK VW01-0AA0 6GK AB00 Siemens IK PI 005 /99

100 Industrial Security SOFTNET Security Client Overview SOFTNET Security Client is a component part of the industrial security concept for protecting automation devices and for security during data exchange between automation systems. VPN client for programming devices, PCs and notebook computers in the industrial environment; secure VPN client access is supported through SCALANCE S protected automation systems Data transmission is protected against incorrect user operation, listening in, espionage and malignant intervention; communication can only take place between authenticated and authorized devices Uses the IPSec mechanisms already tried and tested in the office sector for setting up and operating VPNs. PC/PG/notebook with CP 161 and SOFTNET Security Client software PC/PG/notebook with CP 7515 and SOFTNET Security Client software Access Point SCALANCE W788-1PRO Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Security Module SCALANCE S Automation cell 1 Automation cell Automation cell 3 secure access G_IK10_XX_10083 Secure access to automation cells secured by SCALANCE S61/S613 with SOFTNET Security Client /100 Siemens IK PI 005

101 Industrial Security SOFTNET Security Client Benefits Secure access by programming devices or notebooks to automation devices or complete automation cells Simple use on mobile PCs when using the SOFTNET Security Client, as no external device is required for securing the communication Consistent security concept for the automation system with SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client Protecting data transmission against espionage and manipulation by means of certified standards. Simple operation, can be implemented without special IT knowledge Non-secure devices can be integrated into the secure data traffic Reaction-free; no change to existing network infrastructures is required Communication can be protected independent of the IP-based application protocol used Application Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security and meet the specific requirements of automation systems, such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault. Depending on the respective security needs, various different security measures can be combined with one another. The SOFTNET Security Client allows programming devices, PCs and notebook computers access to network nodes or automation systems protected by SCALANCE S. Function Authentication Each incoming item of data traffic is monitored and checked. As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition, Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested VPN mechanisms. Data encryption To protect the data traffic against espionage and manipulation secure encryption is necessary. This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network. To this end, SOFTNET Security Client sets up VPN tunnels based on IPSec to other SCALANCE S security modules. Performance data System requirements: Windows 000 Professional (3-bit), Windows XP Professional (3-bit) Configuring Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to handle setup and administration of security rules even without special IT knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S modules or SOFTNET security clients that are to communicate with one another are set up and configured. As soon as SOFTNET Security Client knows which automation device is to be accessed, a communication can be set up. Ordering data SOFTNET Security Client 004 Software for setting up safe IPbased VPN connections from a programming device/pc with network segments which are secured by SCALANCE S; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, configuring tool and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows 000 Professional, XP Professional, 003 Server German, English, French, Italian, Spanish SCALANCE S Industrial security modules security module for protecting programmable controllers and automation networks and for protecting industrial communication; The scope of supply comprises: CD ROM with: configuration tool, electronic manual German/English/French/ Italian/Spanish SCALANCE S61; protects up to 3 devices, up to 64 VPN tunnels simultaneously SCALANCE S613; protects up to 64 devices, up to 17 VPN tunnels simultaneously; extended temperature range ( C) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot Order No. 6GK VW01-0AA0 6GK5 61-0BA00-AA3 6GK BA00-AA3 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK AB00 Siemens IK PI 005 /101

102 General System interfacing for SIMATIC Overview S-115U S5-135U/S5-155U S7-300 S7-400 S7-00 SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7-00/S7-300/S7-400 STEP 5 Order No.6ZB5310-0GA70-FA6 Siemens AG 003 STEP 7 with NCM S7 CP 1430 TF/ CP 1430 TCP CP CP Advanced CP Lean CP CP IT/ Advanced CP 43-1 IT For the protocols PG/OP communication S5 compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE, FETCH/WRITE) TF Several CPs can be operated in one S5 For the protocols PG/OP communication S7 communication S5 compatible communication 1) (SEND/RECEIVE, FETCH/WRITE) PROFINET ) IT FTP CP 43-1 Multiprotocol: All protocols of a CP can be operated simultaneously Several CPs can be operated in one S7-00, S7-300 or S ) Not with CPs for S7-00 )Only with CP Advanced; available soon with CP and CP Advanced G_IK10_XX_5018 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 /10 Siemens IK PI 005

103 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 CP 1430 TF Overview System interfacing for SIMATIC S5-115U/H, SIMATIC S5-135U and SIMATIC S5-155U/H Communication services: - ISO transport protocol - PG/OP communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) - Process-related functions, MMS-compatible user interface Available in two versions (basic and extended version), optimized for various fields of application. Real-time functions (high clock accuracy of 1 ms achievable with extended version). Integrated industrial twisted pair transceiver Remote programming is possible through the network Benefits Direct integration of SIMATIC S5 also in complex systems using. Flexible application due to automatic media switching (AUI/ITP) One module for various applications: Programming device/pc, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7. One system-wide timebase possible with CP 1430 TF and its highly-accurate timekeeping. Fast commissioning through simple configuration. Remote programming through. Design CP 1430 TF plugs directly into the SIMATIC S5 and requires a single-width slot. Double-height Eurocard format. 15-pin Sub-D connector for connecting to ; automatic changeover between AUI interface and Industrial Twisted Pair interface. Programming device interface: 15-pin Sub-D connector for connection to SIMATIC programming devices. The module can be operated without a fan. An adapter casing is necessary when it is used in the S5-115U. The 15 V supply voltage for the AUI transceiver is derived from the power supply of the programmable controller (no15v module required). The CP 1430 TF is available in two versions: CP 1430 TF Basic For utilizing S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) or fewer TF connections; max. 64 ISO transport connections (for SEND/RECEIVE) or max. 16 TF connections. CP 1430 TF Extended For high-end applications and excellent time accuracy (1 ms); max. 100 TF connections or max. 100 ISO transport connections (for SEND/RECEIVE). Function The CP 1430 TF independently handles data traffic over Industrial Ethernet. All 7 layers of the ISO reference model are implemented on the module. The programmable controller is extensively relieved of communications tasks and protocol handling. The interface to the user program is formed by standard function blocks (data handling blocks). Layers 1 to 4 correspond to international standards. SINEC AP is used for Layers 5 to 7a; the technological functions (TF) are available for Layer 7b. PG/OP communication Remote configuring of the CP 1430 TF and remote programming of the CPU over the network are possible. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) Simple data exchange between SIMATIC S5 PLCs by means of data handling blocks (e.g. SEND/RECEIVE) and with S7/PCs. Both static and dynamic connections are supported. TF interface MMS-compatible user services with TF (layer 7): variable services; domain services; program invocation services; general services for virtual devices; services of the TF link management. Real-time functions: Network-wide real-time synchronization, e.g. to provide messages with a time stamp. The function of the real-time master is assumed by a selected CP 1430 TF (see also the real-time transmitter). Local test and diagnostic functions which can be executed through the network. Configuration ISO transport connections, TF connections and the parameters required for handling the process-related functions are configured on the programming device using the configuration software COM 1430 TF Siemens IK PI 005 /103

104 CP 1430 TF System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 Technical specifications Data transmission rate 10 Mbit/s Memory capacity CP 1430 TF CP 1430 TF Basic Extended Static RAM 56 KB 56 KB Of which configuration data 3 KB 18 KB require Dual port RAM 4 KB 4 KB Dynamic RAM 51 KB 048 KB Interfaces Connection to 15-pin Sub-D socket with slide latch (auto changeover between AUI or industrial twisted pair) PG 15-pin Sub-D connector with screw latch Supply voltage +5 V DC ± 5%; +4 V DC+5% / -15% Current consumption at +5 V DC Max. 3 A at rated load of 0.5 A/ transc. at +4 V DC Max. 100 ma Power loss 10.9 W Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Module format Double-height Eurocard Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 33.4 x 0.3 x 160 Weight 700 g Space required 1 slot Operation without fans Possible in S5-115U PLC Adapter casing required Configuration software COM 1430 TF Performance data S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) No. of established ISO transport connections Basic version Max. 64 Extended version Max. 100 Performance data TF interface 1 ) No. of established TF connections Basic version Max. 16 Extended version Max ) Note: Rule of thumb for mixing ISO transport and TF connections: One TF connection corresponds to four ISO transport connections. Ordering data Order No. CP 1430 TF communications processor Communications processor for connection of SIMATIC S5 to an with technological functions Basic version 6GK TA0 Extended version 6GK TB01 COM 1430 TF Including manual configuration software for CP 1430 TF on 3½" diskette German 6GK TA00-0EA0 English 6GK TA01-0EA0 French 6GK TA0-0EA0 Italian 6GK TA04-0EA0 CP 1430 TF/COM 1430 TF manual Paper version German 6GK TA43-0AA0 English 6GK TA43-0AA1 SIMATIC memory card (EPROM) 6ES5 374-KH1 56 KB SIMATIC memory card (RAM) 6ES5 374-AH1 56 KB 734- connecting cable 6ES5 734-BF00 For the connection of a programming device (5 m) connecting cable 6ES BD0 For the connection of a PC (3. m) 75-0 connecting cable For the connection between CP 1430 TF and CPU 0.9 m 6ES5 75-0AK00.5 m 6ES5 75-0BC50 Adapter cable 6ES LB11 /104 Siemens IK PI 005

105 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 CP 1430 TCP Overview Benefits Direct integration of SIMATIC S5 also in complex systems using. Flexible application due to automatic media switching (AUI/ITP) One module for various applications: Programming device/pc, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7. Data is accessible from any site location, since TCP/IP permits communication over the entire network. Fast commissioning through simple configuration. Remote programming through. System interfacing for SIMATIC S5-115U/H, SIMATIC S5-135U and SIMATIC S5-155U/H Communications services - TCP/IP transport protocol - PG/OP communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) Integrated industrial twisted pair transceiver Remote programming is possible through the network Networking is possible through WAN through TCP/IP Siemens IK PI 005 /105

106 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 CP 1430 TCP Design The CP 1430 TCP is directly plugged into the SIMATIC S5 and requires a single-width slot. Double-height European format. 15-pole Sub-D socket for connecting the bus to Industrial Ethernet; automatic changeover between AUI interface and Industrial Twisted Pair interface. Programming device interface: 15-pin Sub-D socket for connection to SIMATIC S5 programming devices. The module can be operated without a fan. An adapter casing is required in the S5-115U. The 15 V supply voltage for the AUI transceiver is generated on the module from the 5 V output from the programmable controller (a 15 V module is not necessary). CP 1430 TF or TCP 8 SIMATIC memory card 75-0 connecting cable 734- connecting cable for connecting to SIMATIC S5 PG connecting cable for connecting to PC with STEP 5 Connection to (automatic switchover between AUI or Industrial twisted-pair) G_IK10_XX_1003 CP 1430 interfaces Function The CP 1430 TCP independently handles data traffic through. Layers 1 to 4 of the TCP protocol family are implemented on the module; the programmable controller is thus extensively relieved of communications tasks and protocol handling. Layers 1 to 4 correspond to international standards. Protocol versions TCP (transmission control protocol RFC 793 with RFC 1006) and UDP (user datagram protocol, RFC 768) are supported for the user. PG/OP communication Remote configuring of the CP 1430 TCP and remote programming of the CPU over the network are possible. Local test and diagnostic functions which can be executed through the network. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) Simple data exchange between SIMATIC S5 PLCs by means of data handling blocks (e.g. SEND/RECEIVE) and with S7/PCs. Both static and dynamic connections are supported. With TCP/IP, SEND/RECEIVE is also possible without RFC 1006 for communication through the partner's socket interface. Configuration Parameters are assigned to the CP 1430 TCP with the COM 1430 TCP configuration software. /106 Siemens IK PI 005

107 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 CP 1430 TCP Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate Memory capacity Static RAM Of which configuration data require Dual port RAM Dynamic RAM Interfaces Connection to PG 10 Mbit/s 56 KB 3 KB 4 KB 51 KB 15-pin Sub-D socket with slide latch (auto changeover between AUI or industrial twisted pair) 15-pin Sub-D connector with screw latch Supply voltage +5 V DC ± 5%: +4 V DC +5%/-15% Current consumption at +5 V DC Max. 3 A at rated load of 0.5 A/ transc. at +4 V DC Max. 100 ma Power loss 10.9 W Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Module format Double-height Eurocard Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 33.4 x 0.3 x 160 Weight 700 g Space required 1 slot Operation without fans Possible in S5-115U PLC, adapter casing required Configuration software COM 1430 TCP Performance data S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE and FETCH/WRITE) Number of operable TCP transport connections Max. 3 CP 1430 TCP XV AU00 communications processor Communications processor for connection of SIMATIC S5 to with TCP/IP COM 1430 TCP XV AU01 Configuration software for CP 1430 TCP on 3½" diskette Supplementary pack for PG/OP XV AU04 communication For programming SIMATIC S5 with STEP 5 through CP 1430 TCP CP 1430 TCP/COM 1430 TCP manual Paper version German XV AU03 English XV AU0 SIMATIC memory card (EPROM) 6ES5 374-KH1 56 KB SIMATIC memory card (RAM) 6ES5 374-AH1 56 KB 734- connecting cable For the connection of a programming device 5 m 6ES5 734-BF00 other lengths up to max m See Catalog ST connecting cable For connection of a PC (5-pin) 3. m 6ES BD0 other lengths up to max m See Catalog ST connecting cable For point-to-point connection between CP 1430 TF and the CPU (remote programming) 0.9 m 6ES5 75-0AK00.5 m 6ES5 75-0BC50 Adapter cable 6ES LB11 For S5-115U/H More information More information is available from: SIEMENS AG I&S IT PS 1 IT4Industry Team Werner-von-Siemens-Str Erlangen Tel.: +49 (0) 9131/ Fax: +49 (0) 9131/ [email protected] Siemens IK PI 005 /107

108 CP 43-1 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Overview Application The CP 43-1 communications processor is used for linking S7-00 to. A SIMATIC S7-00 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can then be remotely configured, programmed and diagnosed through. An S7-00 PLC with a CP 43-1 can exchange data through with other S7 controllers. PC applications can access the data of an S7-00 through S7 OPC. In this manner, it is easy to archive or evaluate process data. Connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to with - 10/100 Mbit/s - Half/full duplex - RJ 45 socket -TCP/IP Configuration, remote programming and service is possible with STEP 7-Micro/WIN through (program upload and download, status) CPU/CPU communication is possible through Industrial Ethernet (Client + Server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection) Thanks to integration in S7-OPC, further processing of PLC data in PC applications is possible Modules can be replaced without the need for a programming device Benefits Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration, programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN Fast access via Ethernet for archiving or further processing of SIMATIC S7-00 process data Increased data throughput, almost unlimited expansion and use of a standardized Ethernet infrastructure SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can communicate with S7-00 over which means that S7-00 can also be used for more complex applications. Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all automation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configuration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN Simple maintenance since modules can be replaced without a PG and network administrator support is simple (e.g. PING) Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possible Design The CP 43-1 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-00 system design: Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 4 V DC LED status display Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with automatic transmission rate detection) Function The CP 43-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial Ethernet. Communication is based on TCP/IP. Up to 8 connections can be configured. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP/IP transport connections for active and passive partners. The CP 43-1 enables communication between a S7-00 and another S7-00 or S7-300 or S7-400 PLC through Industrial Ethernet. It can be integrated in PC applications by using the S7 OPC server of the PC software. The CP 43-1 permits the S7-00 programming software STEP 7-Micro/WIN to access the S7-00 through Industrial Ethernet. Configuration The CP 43-1 is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN (V3. SP1 and newer) The programming data of the CP 43-1 are stored on the S7-00 CPU so the module can be replaced without the need for a programming device The CP 43-1 is supplied with a MAC address that is unique worldwide and which cannot be changed. /108 Siemens IK PI 005

109 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP 43-1 Integration Communication possibilities of S7-00 with CP 43-1 Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10 BaseT, 100 Base TX RJ45 Connection for power supply 4 V DC (± 5%) Current consumption From backplane bus 55 ma From external 4 V DC 60 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 1.75 W Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature - Horizontal mounting 0 C to +55 C - Vertical mounting 0 C to +45 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 71. x 80 x 6 Weight 150 g Performance data S7 communication/pg communication Number of usable connections Configuration 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection With STEP 7-Micro/WIN (V3. SP1 and higher) CP 43-1 communications processor for connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to ; for S7 communication, PG communication with electronic manual on CD- ROM, German, English, French, Italian, Spanish Programming software STEP 7-Micro/WIN3 V3. for SP3 and higher Target system: All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-00 Prerequisite: Windows 95/98/NT/000/XP on PG or PC with or Pentium processor delivery package: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; with online documentation Single license Single license upgrade 1) 6GK7 43-1EX00-0XE0 6ES7 810-BC0-0YX0 6ES7 810-BC0-0YX3 1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions Siemens IK PI 005 /109

110 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP 43-1 IT Overview Benefits Connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to with - 10/100 Mbit/s - Half/full duplex - RJ45 socket -TCP/IP Configuration, remote programming and service is possible with STEP 7-Micro/WIN through (program upload and download, status) CPU/CPU communication is possible through Industrial Ethernet (Client + Server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection) IT communication - Web function - function - FTP Client function for program-controlled data exchange (e.g. DOS, UNIX, LINUX, embedded systems) FTP server with 8 Mbyte memory OPC enables further processing of PLC data in PC applications Process information can be accessed simultaneously (password protected) with standard Web browsers, which reduces software costs on the client side Low-cost bulk storage for data, statistics and HTML-based machine or plant documentation Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by means of FTP Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages by Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration, programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can communicate with S7-00 over which means that S7-00 can also be used for more complex applications. Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all automation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configuration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possible Application The CP 43-1 IT communication processor is used to connect S7-00 to. A SIMATIC S7-00 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured, programmed and diagnosed remotely over in this way. A S7-00 programmable controller with CP 43-1 IT can exchange data with other S7 programmable controllers over. Simple visualization using Web technology, sending s, and file processing (FTP). The file system of the CP 43-1 IT can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves as a bulk storage device, a cross-system computer link and a storage for HTML pages and Java applets. The CP 43-1 IT has a large file system in which, apart from HTML pages, machine documentation or user guides can also be stored. Distributed plants can be reached over telephone lines or the Internet by using a router and simple diagnostics, signal or user functions can be performed with the help of a web browser. The CP 43-1 IT is especially suited for plant sections in which using PCs for permanent monitoring functions would not be cost-effective. PC applications can access the data of a S7-00 via S7-OPC. In this way, process data can be easily archived or further processed. Design The CP 43-1 IT offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-00 system design: Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 4 V DC LED status display Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with automatic transmission rate detection) /110 Siemens IK PI 005

111 Function The CP 43-1 IT independently handles data traffic over. Communication is based on TCP/IP. Up to 8 connections can be configured. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP/IP transport connections for active and passive partners. The CP 43-1 IT enables communication between a S7-00 and another S7-00 or S7-300 or S7-400 PLC through. It can be integrated in PC applications by using the S7 OPC server of the PC software. The CP 43-1 IT permits the S7-00 programming software STEP 7- Micro/WIN to access the S7-00 through Industrial Ethernet. System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP 43-1 IT IT functions Web server: HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard browsers. Web pages For monitoring the S7-00 controller: standard pages are supplied with it for system diagnostics as well as a simple variable editor. Other customized pages can be created with any HTML tools. s messages can be sent from the application program through predefined s. Variables can be integrated into text. FTP communication The CPU can send data blocks to other computers in the form of files or read or delete files on other computers (client function). Communication through FTP is possible with most operating systems Configuration The CP 43-1 IT is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN (V3. SP3 and higher) The CP 43-1 is supplied with a MAC address that is unique worldwide and which cannot be changed. Integration LINUX, DOS, UNIX, Mainframe via FTP PC with application (e. g. WinCC, WinAC) via OPC or Internet browser Notebook S7-300 with CP IT S7-400 with CP Field-PG Web pages Router PROFIBUS S7-00 IO Embedded system (e. g. screw, weld control) via FTP EM 77 CP 43- CP 43-1 IT IO CP 43-1 IT Cellphone/PDA MOBIC G_IK10_XX_1000 Communication possibilities of S7-00 with CP 43-1 IT Siemens IK PI 005 /111

112 CP 43-1 IT System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection for power supply 4 V DC (± 5%) Current consumption From backplane bus 55 ma From external 4 V DC 60 ma Power loss at 4 V DC 1.75 W Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature - Horizontal mounting 0 C to +55 C - Vertical mounting 0 C to +45 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 71. x 80 x 6 Weight 150 g Performance data IT communication Number of connections to an e- 1 mail server client 3 s with max. 104 characters Number of FTP connections 1 Number of HTTP connections 4 Adjustable access enable program 8 users Memory capacity of the Flash 8 MB Memory file system Service life of the Flash Memory 1,000,000 write cycles cells S7 communication/pg communication Number of usable connections 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection Configuration With STEP 7-Micro/WIN, V3. SP3 and higher CP 43-1 IT communications processor for connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to ; for S7 communication, PG communication and WWW server; with electronic manual on CD-ROM German, English, French, Italian, Spanish Programming software STEP 7-Micro/WIN3 V3. for SP3 and higher Target system: All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-00 Prerequisite: Windows 95/98/NT/000/XP on PG or PC with or Pentium processor Delivery package: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; with online documentation Single license Single license upgrade 1) 6GK7 43-1GX00-0XE0 6ES7 810-BC0-0YX0 6ES7 810-BC0-0YX3 1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions /11 Siemens IK PI 005

113 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Lean Overview Benefits Interface for the SIMATIC S7-300 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with Autosensing for automatic switchover - RJ45 connection - Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport protocol - Keep Alive function Communication services: - TCP/IP und UDP transport protocol - PG/OP communication - S7 communication (server) - S5-compatible communication Multicast for UPD Remote programming and initial start-up is possible exclusively over Integration into network management through SNMP Configuration of CP Lean with NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet (integrated into STEP 7) Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing Direct integration of S7-300 in complex systems by means of at 100 Mbit/s Investment protection for existing plants through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the S5-compatible communication Flexible use thanks to lack of slot rules One slot is saved thanks to single-width format Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN) A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the multicast function Access by as many as 4 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300 Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible without RFC 1006 Initial start-up can be performed directly over Industrial Ethernet Secure data communication by means of industry-standard device interface using plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief by latching the connector to the housing Application The CP Lean is the communications processor for SIMATIC S7-300 for. The CP Lean relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections with its own processor. Communication options of the S7-300 through CP Lean with: Programming devices, processors and HMI devices Other SIMATIC S7 systems SIMATIC S5 PLCs Design The CP Lean offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front: - RJ45 socket for connection to with automatic data rate detection through Autosensing; The RJ45 sockets have additional industry-compatible retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 4 V DC Easy installation; The CP Lean is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. The CP Lean can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required. In combination with IM 360/361, CP Lean can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device Siemens IK PI 005 /113

114 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Lean Function The CP Lean independently handles data traffic over. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and UDP is possible. The CP Lean has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be put directly into operation through the network. The CP Lean works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing; Using S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication For connecting the S7-300 (server only) to S7-400, HMI units and PCs (CP 1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7). S5-compatible communication Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call. This interface enables TCP transport connections UDP - Multicast for UDP to be used. S5-compatible communication is used for communication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/pcs. The function blocks required are a component part of NCM S7 for and must be integrated into the S7 user program. S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430). This means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast circuits. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics LAN controller statistics Diagnostics buffer Via SNMP all MIB- objects can be read out. This enables the current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved. Configuring Version 5. or higher of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet is required for configuring the CP Lean. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment. The configuration data of the CP is stored on the CPU. This allows the module to be replaced without a programming device. All the function blocks required for S5-compatible communication are included in the scope of supply. /114 Siemens IK PI 005

115 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Lean Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection for power supply -pin plug-in terminal strip Power supply +5 V DC (±5%) and +4 V DC (±5%) Current consumption From backplane bus 00 ma From 4 V DC external typ. 160 ma max. 00 ma Power loss 5.8 W Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format Compact module S7-300, double width Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 15 x 10 Weight Approx. 00 g Configuring software NCM S7 for (supplied with STEP 7 V5.) Performance data S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously max. 8 operable TCP/UDP connections Useful data -TCP 8 KB -UDP KB S7 communication Number of connections max. 4 PG/OP communication Number of operable OP connections (non-isochrone services) max. 4 Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously max. 1 operable connections Multicast 8 CP Lean communications processor For connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to through TCP/IP and UDP, S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/WRITE, diagnostic expansions, Multicast, SNMP, initial start-up over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on CD- ROM NCM S7 configuration software for NCM S7 configuration software for CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5., for execution under STEP 7 V5.; on CD-ROM, with electronic manual in English, German, French, Spanish and Italian IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English 6GK CX00-0XE0 Included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5. and higher 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 More information The NCM S7 configuration software for is included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.. Siemens IK PI 005 /115

116 CP System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Overview Benefits Direct integration of S7-300 even in complex systems by means of at 100 Mbit/s Investment protection for existing plants through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the S5-compatible communication Flexible use thanks to lack of slot rules Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN) Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connections or multicast function Active transmission of data with S7 communication Access by as many as 16 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300 Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible without RFC 1006 First startup directly via i.e. without PG on site Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with Autosensing for automatic switchover - Connection for RJ45 - Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport protocol - Adjustable Keep Alive function Communication services: - TCP/IP und UDP transport protocol - PG/OP communication - S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing) - S5-compatible communication Multicast for UPD Remote programming and initial startup via the network SNMP-supported diagnostics Configuration of CP with the NCM S7 options package for (integrated into STEP 7) Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing Application The CP is the communications processor for the SIMATIC S7-300 for connecting to. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. Communication options for S7-300 through CP with: Programming devices, processors and HMI devices Other SIMATIC S7 systems SIMATIC S5 PLCs. Design The CP offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front - Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing - RJ45 socket for connection to. - -pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 4 V DC Simple connection; The CP is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. The CP can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required. In combination with IM 360/361, CP can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). The module can be exchanged without a PG. /116 Siemens IK PI 005

117 Function The CP independently handles data traffic over Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and UDP is possible. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and passive partners. The CP has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be put directly into operation over the network. The CP works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing; With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-400 (server and client), HMI units and PCs (CP 1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7). S5-compatible communication Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call. This interface enables TCP transport connections - TCP with RFC TCP without RFC 1006 UDP - Multicast for UDP to be used. S5-compatible communication is used for communication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/pcs. The function blocks required are a component part of NCM S7 for and must be integrated into the S7 user program. S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430). This means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast circuits. System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics LAN controller statistics Diagnostics buffer Via SNMP all MIB- objects can be read out. This enables the current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved. Configuring Version 5. of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for are required for configuring the CP NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment. From Version V5 of STEP 7/NCM S7 for, the configuration data of the CP can also be saved on the CPU, if required. This allows the module to be replaced without a programming device. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communication and programmable block communication (S7 client) are contained in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet. Note: A successor to the CP with extended functions will be available soon: Communication services: - ISO transport protocol - PROFINET IO Controller - PROFINET CBA IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the user program (e.g. HMI) Access protection by means of configurable access list Automatic setting of the CPU clock via Ethernet with NTP or SIMATIC procedure Device replacement possible without PG even for PROFINET CBA by means of optional C-PLUG (not included in scope of supply) Siemens IK PI 005 /117

118 CP System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection for power supply -pin plug-in terminals Supply voltage +5 V DC (±5%) and +4 V DC (±5%) Current consumption From backplane bus 00 ma From external 4 V DC Typ. 160 ma Max. 00 ma Power loss 5.8 W Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Module format Compact module S7-300, double width Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 15 x 10 Weight Approx. 600 g Configuration software NCM S7 for (supplied with STEP 7 V5. ) Performance data S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously Max. 16 operable TCP/UDP connections Useful data -TCP 8 KB -UDP KB S7 communication Number of connections Max. 16 PG/OP communication Number of operable OP 16 connections (acyclic services) Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously Max. 48 operable connections Multicast 16 CP communications processor For connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to through TCP/IP and UDP, S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/WRITE, with and without RFC 1006, diagnostic expansions, Multicast, PBK, SNMP, initial start-up over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on CD- ROM CP communications processor For the connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to, PROFINET IO-Controller, PROFINET CBA, ISO, TCP/IP and UDP, S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/ WRITE, with and without RFC 1006, diagnostic expansions, multicast, clock synchronization via SIMATIC procedure and NTP, access protection through IP access list, PBK, SNMP, DHCP, shaft for C-Plug, initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on CD- ROM IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items NCM S7 configuration software for NCM S7 configuration software for CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5., for execution under STEP 7 V5.; on CD-ROM, with electronic manual in English, German, French, Spanish and Italian Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English 6GK EX0-0XE0 Available soon 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 Included in STEP 7 V5. scope of supply 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 More information The configuration software NCM S7 for is supplied with STEP 7 V5.. /118 Siemens IK PI 005

119 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP IT Overview Benefits Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing - Connection via RJ45 - Multi-protocol operation for TCP/IP and UDP - Adjustable Keep Alive function Communication services: - TCP/IP und UDP transport protocol Multicast for UDP - Programming device/operator panel communication: Network-wide PG/OP communication through S7 Routing - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication - IT communication: HTTP communication supports access to process data through Web browsers; FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client communication, Access to data blocks through FTP server, Data handling for own file system through FTP, IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via program block per HMI (in exclusive server mode) IP address-based access protection Remote programming and initial startup via the network Clock synchronization of the CPU via NTP or SIMATIC procedure Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II Protection against inadvertent access to data via IP addresses possible without passwords Process information can be accessed (password protected) with standard Web browsers, which reduces software costs on the client side File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files and statistics Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by means of FTP Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages by through IT communication paths Simple diagnostics also without STEP 7 through Web-based diagnostics via Web browser or SNMP Direct integration of S7-300 even in complex systems by means of at 100 Mbit/s Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN) One module for different applications: PG/PC, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7 (high-priority) and IT communication Adjustment of own IP parameters without STEP 7 (e.g. for series machines) Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure Application The CP IT is the communications processor for SIMATIC S7-300 for. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. Communication options of the S7-300 through CP IT with: Programming devices, processors and HMI devices Other SIMATIC S7 systems SIMATIC S5 PLCs Sending s, simple visualization using Web technology and file processing (FTP). The file system of the CP IT can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves as a bulk storage device, a cross-system computer link and a storage for HTML pages and Java applets. The CP IT has a large file system in which, apart from HTML pages, machine documentation or user guides can also be stored. Siemens IK PI 005 /119

120 CP IT System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Design The CP IT offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front: - RJ45 socket for connection to. - -pin terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 4 V DC. Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing. The CP IT can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required. In combination with IM 360/361, CP IT can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). Easy installation; The CP IT is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. Function The CP IT independently handles data traffic over. The module has its own processor. Multi-protocol operation via the TCP/IP transport protocols is possible. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and passive partners. The CP IT has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be put directly into operation through the network. The CP IT works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: Programming device/operator panel communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-400 (server and client), HMI units and PCs (CP 1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7). S5-compatible communication Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data communication. This interface enables TCP transport connections - TCP with RFC TCP without RFC 1006 UDP ( KB data length) UDP Multicast ( KB data length) to be used. S5-compatible communication is used for communication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/pcs. The function calls required are a component part of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated in the S7 user program. S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP This means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast circuits. Time of day over Ethernet The time of day is set for the CPU using a SIMATIC procedure or NTP (Network Time Protocol). Diagnostics Extensive diagnostics is provided, among other things, through NCM S7. - Status of the CP - General diagnostics and statistics functions - Connection diagnostics - LAN controller statistics - Diagnostics buffer Diagnostics via Web browser: - Server information - CPU diagnostics buffer in plaintext - CP diagnostics buffer in plaintext - Status of modules on the K bus - server test Diagnostics via network management tools: - SNMP MIB diagnostics information IT functions Web server Permanently integrated diagnostic HTML pages and customized Web pages can be called up using standard browsers. Simple visualization with Web pages HTML pages created by the user with embedded JAVA Applets for writing or for the dynamic display of S7 variables s Messages can be sent from the application program through FC calls (can contain S7 variables) Communication through FTP Server Other computers can write, read and delete in data blocks of the CPU through FTP protocol. Client The CPU can send data blocks to other computers as files or read and delete files on other computers. The CPU can write, read or delete files in the file system on the CP IT. Communication by means of FTP is possible with most operating system platforms. /10 Siemens IK PI 005

121 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP IT Function (continued) Configuring STEP 7 and NCM S7 for are required for configuring the CP IT. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment. NCM S7 for is a component of STEP 7 (Version V5. SP1 and higher). All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communication and programmable block communication (S7 client) are contained in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet. Generation of HTML pages via standard editors. Transfer to the module via standard PC tools (FTP). Off-the-shelf JAVA applets in the scope of supply permit (through inclusion in the HTML page) generation of simple applications, which access S7 variables. Generation of complex dynamic pages with JAVA development tools. The JAVA Beans library that is required for accessing the S7 variables is included in the scope of supply as well as a CD containing all manuals. Note: CP Advanced: the compatible successor module for CP IT with extended functionality will be available soon: Communication services: - ISO transport protocol - PROFINET IO Controller - PROFINET CBA IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the user program (e.g. HMI) Access protection by means of configurable access list Automatic setting of the CPU clock via Ethernet with NTP or SIMATIC procedure The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the connection information created with SIMATIC imap are saved on the swap media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug). The CP can be replaced in the event of failure without the need for a programming device because the relevant user and configuration data are saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG. Siemens IK PI 005 /11

122 CP IT System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Technical specifications Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection for power supply -pin terminal block Power supply +5 V DC (±5%) and +4 V DC (±5%) Current consumption From backplane bus 00 ma From 4 V DC external Max. 00 ma Power loss 6 W Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature 40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format Compact module S7-300, double width Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 80 x 15 x 10 Weight Approx. 600 g Configuring software NCM S7 for (supplied with STEP 7 V5.x) Performance data IT communication Number of connections to an Max. 1 server Memory capacity Flash Memory file system 30 MB RAM memory 30 MB Service life of the Flash Memory write cycles cells S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously Max. 16 operable TCP/UDP connections Useful data -TCP Max. 8 KB -UDP Max. KB - Max. KB S7 communication Number of connections 1) Max. 16 Programming device/operator panel communication Number of operable OP connections (non-isochrone Max. 16 services) FTP communication Number of client connections Max. 10 Number of server connections Max. HTTP communication Number of connections Max. 4 Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously Max. 48 operable connections 1) Use depends on performance of S7-CPU used. Ordering data CP IT Communication processor for connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to, for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), S7 communication, FTP communication, and WWW server, 10/100 Mbit/s with electronic manual on CD-ROM CP Advanced Communications processor for connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to, PROFINET IO-Controller, PROFINET CBA, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), S7 communication, FTP communication, and WWW server, 10/100 Mbit/s with electronic manual on CD-ROM NCM S7 configuration software for Configuration software for Industrial Ethernet CPs for SIMATIC S7; with electronic manual on CD-ROM V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.x German, English, French, Spanish, Italian IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Station (STEP 7 V5.3) German English Order No. 6GK GX0-0XE0 Available soon Included in STEP 7 V5.x scope of supply 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 More information The configuration software NCM S7 for is supplied with STEP 7 V5.x. /1 Siemens IK PI 005

123 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Overview Benefits Direct integration of S7-400 even in complex systems through with 100 Mbit/s Investment protection for existing installations through integration of SIMATIC S7-400 using S5-compatible communication. Flexible in its application due to automatic media switching (AUI/ITP) and free choice of slots Remote programming through WAN property of TCP/IP, also using phone connections (e.g. ISDN). Commissioning directly through, i.e. no onsite PG required Accessibility of many users through implementation of free UDP connections or multicast function Use of socket interface in partner system possible without RFC Protection against unauthorized access through TCP/IP Connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing for automatic switchover between AUI, ITP and RJ45 interface - Universal connection options for ITP, RJ45 and AUI - Multi-protocol operation with ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocol - Adjustable Keep Alive function Communication services: - ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication Multicast for UPD Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing Remote programming and initial startup via the network Access protection by means of configurable access list Application The CP is the communications processor for the SIMATIC S7-400 for. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. Communication options for S7-400 through CP with: Programming devices, processors and HMI devices Other SIMATIC S7 systems SIMATIC S5 PLCs. Design The CP offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 system design: Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front: - 15-pin Sub-D socket with automatic switching between AUI and twisted pair interface; - RJ45 socket for connection to. Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing. Easy installation: the CP is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected to other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane bus. There are no slot rules. The CP can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required. In combination with IM 460/461, the CP can also be used in an expansion rack (ER) The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device. Siemens IK PI 005 /13

124 CP System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Function The CP independently handles data traffic over Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols ISO and TCP/IP is possible. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and passive partners. The CP has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be put directly into operation over the network. The CP works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication for connecting to S7-00/300 (Server and Client; PBK), S7-400 (Server and Client), HMI devices and PCs (CP 1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7). Communication takes place through the CP without further configuration. H communication For redundant S7 communication, the CP can also be used in SIMATIC H systems. Time of day synchronization The CP is capable of forwarding the time of day of the S7-400 CPU to the network. Conversely, the CP of the S7-400-CPU can make an existing time of day available on the network. This is also made available by means of the international protocol (Network Time Protocol). S5-compatible communication Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call. This interface enables the following to be used: ISO transport connections TCP transport connections - TCP with RFC TCP without RFC 1006 UDP ( KB data length) - Multicast for UDP ( KB data length) S5-compatible communication is used with SIMATIC S5 and computers/pcs. The function calls required are a component part of NCM S7 for and must be integrated in the S7 user program. S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP This means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to send and receive data simultaneously to configurable multicast circuits. Security With a freely configurable access list, specific users and programmable controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or control via TCP/IP. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including: Operating status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics LAN controller statistics Diagnostics buffer Configuring STEP 7 and NCM S7 for are required for configuring the CP NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment. The CP is only available following installation of NCM S7 for in the hardware catalog of STEP 7. NCM S7 for is a component of STEP 7 (Version V 5.0 or higher). In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7/NCM S7 the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU. This allows the module to be replaced without a programming device. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communication are included in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet. /14 Siemens IK PI 005

125 Technical specifications Data transmission rate Interfaces Connection to - AUI (10 Mbit/s) - ITP (10/100 Mbit/s) 10BaseT, 100BaseTX Current consumption From +5 V DC (± 5%) From 4 V DC (± 5%) 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing 15-pin Sub-D connector RJ45 Approx. 1.4 A 1) Use depends on performance of used S7-CPU/FM Typ. 0 ma, Max. 350 ma (depending on the interface used) 8.6 W Power loss Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Module format Compact module S7-400, single width Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 5 x 90 x 10 Weight Approx. 700 g Configuration software NCM S7 for (included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.x) Performance data S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously operable ISO/TCP/UDP connections Number of useful data ISO or TCP/IP Number of useful data UDP S7 communication Max. 64 Max. 8 Kbytes Max. Kbytes Number of connections 1) Max. 48 Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously Max. 64 operable connections Ordering data System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP communications processor For connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to through TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/WRITE with and without RFC 1006, diagnostic expansions, Multicast, access protection over IP access list, initial start-up over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s with electronic manual on CD-ROM IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items NCM S7 configuration software for Configuration software for Industrial Ethernet-CPs for SIMATIC S7; V5.x, operating under STEP 7 V5.x; on CD-ROM with electronic manual in German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English Order No. 6GK EX11-0XE0 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 CP Included in STEP 7 V5.x scope of supply 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 More information The configuration software NCM S7 for is supplied with STEP 7 V5.. Siemens IK PI 005 /15

126 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Advanced Overview Benefits Connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing - Connection via RJ45 - Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP and UDP - Adjustable Keep Alive function Communication services: - PROFINET IO Controller - PROFINET CBA - ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols: Multicast for UDP - Programming device/operator panel communication: Cross-network by means of S7 routing - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication - IT communication: HTTP communication supports access to process data through Web browsers; FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client communication, Access to data blocks through FTP server, Data handling for own file system through FTP, IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the user program (e.g. HMI) Access protection by means of configurable access list Single-width module with integrated 4-port switch saves space in the rack and control cabinet. Thanks to the integrated autocrossing function, the CP Advanced is very well suited for establishing small local networks. Module replacement without programming device; all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT functions). Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II Ideal for construction of small local networks thanks to the integrated 4-port switch which saves space in the control cabinet. Connection of field devices to with PROFINET Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant construction with PROFINET CBA Security: Protection without the need for changing passwords through device-oriented IP address lists Access to process information (password protected) using standard Web browsers, reducing software costs on the client side Simple diagnostics even without STEP 7 by diagnosing all modules and racks via Web browser or SNMP Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by means of FTP File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files and statistics (C-PLUG as swap media) Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages by through IT communication paths Module replacement without programming devices, as all information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file system for IT functions). One module for various applications: Programming device/ PC, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7 (high-priority) and IT communication Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN) Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure with selectable path Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without STEP 7 Application The CP Advanced is the communications processor for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to the. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. The CP Advanced provides the opportunity for the SIMATIC S7-400 to communicate with: PG/PC Host computer HMI devices SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems PROFINET CBA components PROFINET IO devices PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules. /16 Siemens IK PI 005

127 Design The CP Advanced offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 system design: The front panel of the rugged plastic casing includes: - Four RJ45 sockets for connection to. - Diagnostic LEDs for each switch port Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with 180 cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable Simple installation; the CP Advanced is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected to other modules by means of the backplane bus. There are no slot rules. The CP Advanced can be operated without a fan. In combination with IM 460/461, the CP Advanced can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery as replacement medium (cannot be operated without C-PLUG). Function The CP Advanced independently handles data traffic over. The module has its own powerful processor and can be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet address (MAC) via the network. Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) enables the IP address to be issued from a central DHCP server. The CP Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing; With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication for connecting the S7-00/300/400 (server and client) to S7-400 (server and client), HMI devices and PCs (CP1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7 with CP161 or CP151). Clock synchronization using SIMATIC procedure or NTP (network time protocol) with selectable path. S5-compatible communication Simple and optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call. This interface enables ISO transport connections TCP connections with or without RFC 1006 UDP ( KB data length) UDP Multicast ( KB data length) to be used. S5-compatible communication is used with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/pcs. The function calls required are a component part of STEP S7 and must be integrated into the S7 user program. System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Advanced Communication with PROFINET PROFINET IO controller; for connection of field devices to with PROFINET PROFINET CBA; Communication between technology modules (distributed intelligence); This communication is suitable for time-critical as well as nontime-critical tasks. IT functions WEB server; any HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard browsers Standard diagnostic pages; for prompt diagnosis on the system for all modules inserted in the rack, without the need for additional tools s; sending of s direct from the user program Communication via FTP; open protocol that is available on most operating system platforms The 3 MB RAM file system can be used for buffering dynamic data. In addition, a buffered area of 51 KB is available which is supplied via the central backup battery. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or SNMP, including: General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices (also in the user program) LAN controller statistics Information about every port of the switch Diagnostics buffer Web interface with basic diagnostic information Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II Security With a freely configurable access list, PCs and programmable controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or control via TCP/IP. Configuring CP Advanced is configured with STEP 7, V 5. SP3 and higher. To utilize the PROFINET function of the device, STEP 7 V 5.3 SP1 and higher is required. When using PROFINET CBA, the engineering tool imap V.0 and higher is required. The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory volume of the S7-CPU. The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the connection information created with SIMATIC imap are saved on the swap media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug). The CP can be replaced in the event of failure without the need for a programming device because the relevant user and configuration data are saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG. Siemens IK PI 005 /17

128 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Advanced Integration Field PG Connection to higher-level network SIMATIC S7-300 with CP Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC S7-400 with CP Advanced Switch SCALANCE X08PRO ET 00S SIMATIC S7-400 with CP Advanced Panel PC ET 00S Field PG Switch SCALANCE X08PRO ET 00S Small independent local networks (e.g. within a machine or cell) G_IK10_XX_10070 G_IK10_XX_10069 Technical specifications CP Advanced Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX 4x RJ45 Power supply DC +5 V (+/- 5%) from the backplane bus Current consumption From backplane bus Max. 1.8 A Power loss 7.5 W Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format Compact module S7-400, double width Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 5 x 90 x 17 Weight Approx. 750 g Configuring software STEP 7 V5.3 + SP11) ) Performance data Memory capacity Flash memory file system 3 MB, approx. 30 MB of which is freely available to the user RAM 3 MB, approx. 30 MB of which is freely available to the user; additional 51 KB buffered via central backup battery PG/OP communication Number of PG connections Max. Number of OP connections Max. 30 S7 communication Number of connections Max. 18 S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously Max. 64 operable TCP/UDP connections Useful data - ISO or TCP/IP Max. 8 KB - UDP Max. KB - Max. KB PROFINET communication See profinet/ik-info HTTP communication Number of server connections Max. 4 Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously Max. 18 operable connections 1) For configuring PROFINET IO ) For configuring PROFINET CBA, imap V.0 is also required /18 Siemens IK PI 005

129 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP Advanced Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP Advanced communications processor for the connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to, PROFINET IO-Controller, PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/ WRITE, with and without RFC 1006, diagnostic expansions, multicast, clock synchronization via SIMATIC procedure or NTP, access protection via IP access list, FTP client/server, HTTP server, HTML diagnostics, SNMP, DHCP, , data storage on C-PLUG, 4-port switch on board, initialization via LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on CD-ROM C-PLUG Replacement medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data, can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items Configuring software NCM S7 for CPs for SIMATIC S7; V5.x, operating under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian 6GK EX40-0XE0 6GK AB00 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 Included in STEP 7 V5.x scope of supply Documentation S7-CPs/NCM for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English Software imap V.0 for configuring PROFINET CBA, Requirement: Windows 000 Prof. SP4 or Windows XP Prof. SP1; on PG or PC with Pentium processor, min. 500 MHz; STEP 7, V5. SP 1 and higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE SOFTNET-PG, V6. and higher; PN OPC server, V6. and higher Type of delivery: German, English with electronic documentation; Single license Software update service Upgrade imap V.0 single license More information The NCM S7 configuration software for is included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.. Additional information can be found in the Internet under: 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 6ES7 80-0CC03-0YX0 6ES7 80-0CC01-0YX 6ES7 80-0CC03-0YX4 Siemens IK PI 005 /19

130 CP IT System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Overview Benefits Access to process information (password protected) using standard Web browsers, reducing software costs on the client side File system as low-cost bulk storage for data and statistics in file format Simple universal coupling of the PLC to various computers via FTP transmission of event-controlled messages via IT communication paths with , both global and local Direct integration of S7-400 even in complex systems by means of at 100 Mbit/s Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN) One module for various applications: Programming device/pc, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7 and IT communication The connection for the SIMATIC S7-400 to - 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing for automatic switchover between AUI, ITP and RJ45 interface - universal connection options for ITP, RJ45 and AUI - Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP and UDP - Adjustable Keep Alive function Communication services: - Programming device/operator panel communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication - IT communication Web-function for access to process data via Web browser function for sending electronic messages via the S FTP communication permits program-controlled FTP client communication, access to data blocks via FTP server Multicast for UPD Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing Remote programming and initial startup via the network Application The CP IT is the communications processor for SIMATIC S7-400 for. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. Communication options of the S7-400 through CP IT with: Programming devices, processors and HMI devices Other SIMATIC S7 systems SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers Sending , simple visualization using Web technology and data exchange via FTP. The file system of the CP IT can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves as a bulk storage device and for saving the HTML pages and JAVA applets. It can, however, also accommodate machine documentation or user help files. Design The CP IT offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 system design: Compact design; the front panel of the rugged plastic casing includes: - 15-pin Sub-D socket with automatic switching between AUI and twisted pair interface; - Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing. - RJ45 socket for connection to. Simple installation; the CP IT is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected to other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane bus. There are no slot rules. The CP IT can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required. In combination with IM 460/461, the CP IT can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device. /130 Siemens IK PI 005

131 Function The CP IT independently handles data traffic over. The module has its own processor. The communication layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols ISO and TCP/IP is possible. The CP IT works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services: Programming device/operator panel communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing; With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication for connecting the S7-00 (Server and Client) to S7-400 (Server and Client), HMI devices and PCs (CP 1613 with S or SOFTNET-S7). Communication takes place through the CP IT without further configuration. Time of day synchronization The CP IT is capable of forwarding the time of day of the S7-400 CPU to the network. Conversely, the CP IT of the S7-400-CPU can make an existing time available on the network. By means of the international network time protocol (NTP) the CP IT can request the time from an NTP server. S5-compatible communication Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call. This interface enables ISO transport connections TCP transport connections - TCP with RFC TCP without RFC 1006 UDP ( KB data length) Multicast for UDP ( KB data length) to be used. S5-compatible communication is used with SIMATIC S5 and computers/pcs. The function calls required are a component part of NCM S7 for and must be integrated in the S7 user program. S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP This means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to send and receive data simultaneously on configured multicast circuits. System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP IT Diagnosis Extensive diagnostics is provided, among other things, through NCM S7. Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics LAN controller statistics Diagnostics buffer IT communication WEB server; HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard browsers Standard web pages; for observation of the S7-400 controller. The pages can be generated with any HTML tools s; sending of s direct from the user program by mean of FC calls; communication over FTP; Server: Other computers can write in, read and delete data blocks of the CPU through the FTP protocol. Client: The CPU can send data blocks as files to other computers or can read or delete the files of other computers. Communication through FTP is possible with most operating system platforms. Configuring STEP 7 and NCM S7 for are required for configuring the CP IT. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment. NCM S7 for is a component of STEP 7 (Version V5.0 or higher). In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7/NCM S7 the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU. This allows the module to be replaced without a programming device. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communication and programmable block communication (S7 client) are contained in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for. The HTML pages are generated using standard commercial editors and uploaded to the module using standard PC tools (FTP). The scope of delivery includes a CD with estensive examples and shareware tools that the user can obtain direct from the supplier. In addition, this CD contains all the manuals. Siemens IK PI 005 /131

132 CP IT System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Technical specifications Data transmission rate Interfaces Connection to - AUI (10 Mbit/s) - ITP (10/100 Mbit/s) 10BaseT, 100BaseTX Current consumption from DC + 5V (±5%) from DC +4V (±5%) 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing 15-pin Sub-D socket RJ45 approx. 1.5 A typ. 0 ma max. 340 ma 9.1 W Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format Compact module S7-400, double width Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 5 x 90 x 10 Weight Approx. 700 g Configuring software NCM S7 for V5 or higher (included in the scope of delivery of STEP 7 V5.x). Performance data IT communication Number of connections to an server FTP communication Max. 1 Number of client connections Max. 10 Number of server connections Max. Capacity of flash memory file 10 MB system Service life of the Flash Memory 10,000 write cycles cells S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously operable Max. 64 ISO/TCP/UDP connections Useful data - ISO or TCP/IP Max. 8 KB -UDP Max. Kbyte - Max. Kbyte S7 and programmable device/ operator panel communication Number of connections 1) Max. 48 Multi-protocol operation Sum of all simultaneously Max. 64 operable connections 1) Use depends on performance of S7-CPU/FM used Ordering data CP IT communications processor for the connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE), S7 communication, and WWW server with electronic manual on CD-ROM IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with interface 1 pack = 1 items 1 pack = 10 items 1 pack = 50 items NCM S7 configuration software for Configuration software for Industrial Ethernet-CPs for SIMATIC S7; V5.x, operating under STEP 7 V5.x; on CD-ROM with electronic manual in German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English Order No. 6GK GX11-0XE0 6GK BB10-AA0 6GK BB10-AB0 6GK BB10-AE0 Included in STEP 7 V5.x scope of supply 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 More information The configuration software NCM S7 for is supplied with STEP 7 V5.. /13 Siemens IK PI 005

133 Overview System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 CP 444 Design The CP 444 communications processor has all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 technology: Compact configuration: The front of the robust plastic housing includes: 15-pin sub-d socket connector with sliding interlock for interfacing the bus to (automatic switching between AUI and twisted-pair interface). Easy installation: The CP 444 is mounted on the S7-400 and is connected to the other S7-400 modules via the backplane bus. There are no restrictions as to the slots used. User-friendly wiring: The sub-d socket connector is easily accessible and easy to use. The CP 444 can be operated without a fan. A backup battery is not required.. Note: Via AUI, the CP 444 can be connected only to self supplied terminals, such as the SSV104. The link to in conjunction with MMS services as per MAP 3.0 To off-load the CPU from communication tasks and to implement additional links MMS services: - Environment Management - VMD Support Services - Variable Access Services Application The CP 444 communications processor makes it possible to interface the SIMATIC S7-400 to. This involves use of the MMS (Manufacturing Message Specification) services in accordance with the MAP 3.0 communication standard. Function Interface to in accordance with Ethernet standard IEEE 80.3 Communication via the interface for open networks; MMS services: VMD (device monitoring) and variable access services (language-neutral data transfer) Implemented MMS services: Environment Management (Initiate, Conclude and Abort) VMD Support Services (Unsolicited Status, Status, GetNameList, Identify and GETCapabilityList) Variable Access Services (Read, Write, Information Report and GetVariableAccessAttributes) The MMS services VMD Support Services and Variable Access Services are called by the user program in the relevant CPU via function blocks on an event-driven basis. Configuring The CP 444 is configured using the PG/PC and STEP 7. User- and operator-friendliness are also in the forefront when it comes to configuring: Parameterization screen forms can be integrated into STEP 7. Integrated text editor for configuring the application associations and variables Siemens IK PI 005 /133

134 CP 444 System interfacing for SIMATIC S7 Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Transmission speed 10 Mbit/s Transmission protocol MAP 3.0 based on transport protocol to ISO 8073 class 4 Connection 15-pin D subminiature socket connector (automatic switching between AUI and Industrial Twisted Pair) Communication functions S7 expanded communication Yes No. of operable connections Max. 1 Permissible ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 to 40 C Operating temperature with 0 to 55 C forced ventilation Transport/storage temperature - 0 to + 60 C Relative humidity max. 8 to 80% at +5 C, no condensation Vibration - 10 to 58 Hz mm, constant amplitude - 58 to 500 Hz 0.5 g, constant acceleration Power consumption max. 3.1 A Power loss, typ W Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 50 x 90 x 10 Weight, approx. 080 g CP 444 communications processor for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to using MMS services to MAP 3.0 CP 444 manual German English 6ES MX00-0XE0 6ES7 444-AA00-8AA0 6ES7 444-AA00-8BA0 /134 Siemens IK PI 005

135 System interfacing for PG/PC General Overview SOFTWARE Order No.6ZB5310-0GA70-FA6 Siemens AG 003 You can find software for the PC products under Windows on the SIMATIC NET/Windows CD. The necessary configuring tools are supplied with all software packages. Manuals in pdf format and comprehensive details of SIMATIC NET products and communication can be found on the SIMATIC NET Manual CD that accompanies the software products. HARDWARE CP 1613 (PCI) CP 1616 (PCI) CP 161 (PCI) CPs with their own microprocessor Protocol software runs on the CP Free PC resources for applications Suitable for extensive applications Recommended for applications with HMI systems with high performance requirements. such as WinCC Recommended for largescale systems (> 5 stations, e.g. SIMATIC) Constantly high communication throughput Use for redundant communication Use for PROFINET IO Real- Time applications (RT, IRT with CP 1616) Time synchronization SIMATIC NET Manual Collection simatic net Order No.: 6ZB5310-0LP30-FA0 Copyright SiemensAG003 CP 151 (PC-Card, CardBus) CP 7515 (PC-Card, CardBus) CPs without their own microprocessor Protocol software runs on the PG/PC PC resources are devided between communication and applications Suitable for less extensive applications Recommended for smaller systems (up to 4 stations, e.g. SIMATIC) Communication performance depends on PC resources and workload G_IK10_XX_50183 System interfacing for PG/PC Siemens IK PI 005 /135

136 System interfacing for PG/PC Performance data Overview The following communications processors are available for connecting to the programming device or PC: CPs with an internal microprocessor: - CP 1616 (PCI) available soon, - CP 1613 (PCI) CPs without an internal microprocessor: - CP 161 (PCI) - CP 151 (PC Card CardBus) - CP 7515 (PC Card CardBus) Data throughput of Comparisons between CP 151, CP 161 and CP 1613 show the respective communications throughput. This throughput varies between 0 and the maximum throughput for the CP 15 and CP 161 with the corresponding software packages. When the CP 1613 is used with software packages, the communications performance remains constantly at a high level and ensures fast response times without any variations. Time Message/sec CP 1613 constant communication power CP 151/CP161 fluctuating communication power G_IK10_XX_10037 Communication performance comparisons Advanced/PC Configuration More information Supports a simplified OPC configuration Easy to handle thanks to automatic software installation Additional information can be found in the Internet under: (Plug & Play) Advanced PC configuration is included in the scope of supply of the communications software for the PC from Version 6.0 upwards; the configuration tool NCM PC as well as the configuration console are also supplied with it. NCM PC NCM PC replaces the previous PC configuring tools. This means that the PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC Version V5.1+SP and higher. Both tools offer the same look and feel and create the same database. This permits consistent configuration of communication functions, S5-compatible communication and S7 communication. Data only has to be entered once and data consistency is assured. A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports user-driven configuration of the PC station. With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP upwards, a PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station that is addressed over the network. Note: NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary. /136 Siemens IK PI 005

137 0 1 Overview The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software Standardized, open, manufacturer-independent interface System interfacing for PG/PC OPC server for Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to S7-communication and S5-compatible communication functions (SEND/RECEIVE), PROFINET and SNMP OPC Scout with browser functions as OPC client and OCX Data Control PC/Windows PC SIMATIC NET OPC Scout WinCC OPC client Microsoft Office OPC client OPC XML Webclient COM/DCOM DP-OPC server FMS-OPC server S7-OPC server S5-OPC server PN CBA OPC server PN IO OPC server SNMP OPC server OPC XML DA as Webservice DP protocol FMS protocol S7 Communication S5-compatible Communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFINET SNMP DX OPC server FMS-PC S7-400 S7-300 SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS ET 00X SIMATIC S5 (SEND/RECEIVE only) S7-PC G_IK10_XX_10103 System integration with the OPC server Benefits Different networks and protocols can be used easily thanks to the uniform interface Reduced training and familiarization costs Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applications over C++, Visual Basic and.net interfaces Fast creation of applications Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software Siemens IK PI 005 /137

138 System interfacing for PG/PC OPC server for Application OPC (OLE for Process Control) is implemented as an expansion of the COM (Component Object Model) communications interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software. The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications communicate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface. It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applications (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available on the market. The following communication possibilities are available for with OPC server: S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFINET SNMP The OPC server offers: Data Access interface.05 Alarm and event interface 1.1 OPC XML DA interface 1.0 Integration of automation products of different manufacturers Uniform, easy user interface for different components Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN High-performance data access over the Custom Interface (C++, NET) Easy to use with the Automation Interface VB, NET) or the supplied OCX Data Control Grouping of variables (Items); which allows a large quantity of data to be pre-processed in a short time. DX OPC Server: OPC DX functionality for horizontal communication between OPC servers DX OPC server is an expansion package for SIMATIC NET PC / Windows products with OPC interface Function Open standardization of the addressing using logical names for objects from an automation component or an automation system Supports STEP 7 symbols Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing One client application can use several servers simultaneously Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on one OPC server Communication protocols can be used in parallel by means of the multiplexer function Interfaces - Custom Interface ; for high-performance C++/NET applications - Automation Interface for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar) - XML DA interface; Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the Internet. - OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applications that support COM/DCOM Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component model) Application X Application Y WinCC OPC client Application X OPC client Server A Server B Server C PN OPC server S7 OPC server FMS OPC server DP OPC server XY OPC server G_IK10_XX_10106 Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture Configuring The communication parameters are configured using only the tools of the installed software Advanced PC Configuration (configuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP); SIMATIC imap is used for PROFINET CBA /138 Siemens IK PI 005

139 System interfacing for PG/PC OPC server for Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Programming Interfaces Protocols Synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of variables Monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to the client when a change occurs Use of quantity operations; so a large amount of data can be processed in a short time. Custom Interface (C++, NET) for high OPC performance Automation Interface (VB, Excel, Access, Delphi,...) for ease-of-use Graphics with OCX for configuring instead of programming OPC XML-Interface for Data Access S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) S7 communication PROFINET Product variants include OPC servers for: S S7 communication, XML-DA S5-compatible communication SOFTNET-S7 for SOFTNET-S7 Lean for PN CBA OPC server SOFTNET PN IO SNMP OPC server DX OPC server S7 communication, XML-DA S5-compatible communication S7 communication, XML-DA S5-compatible communication PROFINET CBA, XML-DA PROFINET IO, XML-DA SNMP protocol access horizontal communication between OPC servers DX OPC server V6. DX OPC server upgrade; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161; Requirements: SIMATIC NET IE PC / Windows product V6. with OPC interface; German/English PN CBA OPC server V6. PROFINET OPC server for CBA; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SNMP OPC server V6. including MIB compiler; single license for 1 installation of the runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on diskette, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 server, 000 Professional WS/Server; for CP 151/CP 161/CP 1613 German/English Basic Administration of up to 0 IP addresses Extended Administration of up to 00 IP addresses Power Pack Upgrade from SNM OPC Server Basic to SNM OPC Server Extended 6GK XW6-3AA0 6GK HB6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA0 6GK NX6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA4 Siemens IK PI 005 /139

140 System interfacing for PG/PC PN CBA OPC Server Overview Access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over the OPC interface Use of the objects and symbols defined using the PROFINET engineering tool SIMATIC imap and STEP 7 Adding PROFINET functionality to existing installations. This enables it to be used in parallel with other communication protocols such as S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 for Industrial Ethernet. OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for the variables of the PROFINET CBA components System integration with the PN CBA OPC server Benefits ProTool/Pro OPC client S7-OPC server S7 Communication PROFINET CBA Component e.g. S7-400 with CP Advanced PROFINET CBA Component ET 00S S7 Communication for process data Microsoft Office OPC client IE/PB Link PN CBA as proxy PROFINET CBA Component ET 00S PN CBA OPC server PROFINET Communication SIMATIC NET OPC Scout PROFINET CBA Component e.g. S7-300 with CP PROFIBUS DP PROFINET Communication Complete integration of the PN CBA OPC server in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environment Supports distributed automation solutions with PROFINET CBA Directly uses the variables and symbols defined with the PROFINET engineering tool SIMATIC imap and STEP 7 Operates in parallel with other communication protocols such as S7 communication over SOFTNET-S7 and. This means that existing installations can also be expanded with the PROFINET functionality The standardized OPC interface means that from the start C++, Visual Basic and.net applications as well as general OPC clients (such as Microsoft Office) can participate in the new PROFINET concept G_IK10_XX_101 Application The PN CBA OPC server (PROFINET OPC server) is the PC application interface for communication over Industrial Ethernet with PROFINET CBA components. OPC client applications communicate with the PN CBA OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface. The PN CBA OPC server offers: - Standardized access for OPC-capable applications and Windows applications (e.g. Microsoft Office) to variables that are available on the component interface of the PROFINET CBA components. - High-performance data access over the Custom Interface (C++,.NET) - Easy to use with the Automation Interface (VB,.NET) and the OCX Data Control included in the scope of supply. - Internet communication over OPC XML DA Interface Based on the PROFINET standard. This standard supports: - Component technology in automation engineering - Graphical configuration of communication between intelligent devices instead of complex programming - Manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering - Vertical integration, i.e. the user can access the interface variables of a PROFINET component by means of IT standards and an OPC interface over. Function The PN CBA OPC server communicates with PROFINET CBA components over by means of DCOM protocol Open standardization of the addressing using logical names for objects from an automation component or an automation system Operation in parallel with other protocols is possible, such as - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing: - Synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of variables - Monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to the client when a change occurs - Use of quantity operations; a large amount of data can be processed in a short time. Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on one OPC server OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for all interface variables of the PROFINET CBA components User interfaces "Custom Interface" for high-performance C++/.NET applications "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar) XML DA interface; Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the Internet. OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applications that support COM/DCOM /140 Siemens IK PI 005

141 POWER TEMP SIMATIC PANEL PC A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A 1 3 INS DEL TAB HELP SHIFT. 0 +/- ESC ACK F N CTRL ALT ENTER System interfacing for PG/PC PN CBA OPC Server Function (continued) ProTool/Pro OPC client PC SOFTNET-S7 PN CBA OPC server S7-OPC server e.g. S7-400 with CP Advanced PROFINET Component PROFINET- Component panel PC with WinAC PROFINET PROFINET Component e.g. S7-300 with CP PN PROFIBUS DP IE/PB Link PN CBA as proxy PROFIBUS DP ET 00L PROFINET Component ET 00S PROFINET Component ET 00X PROFINET Component ET 00S G_IK10_XX_1016 Application example for PN CBA OPC server Configuring For configuring the PROFINET communication, a separate engineering tool SIMATIC imap is required. This tool is offered as an option package with STEP 7. With SIMATIC imap, the communication links between PROFINET CBA components are graphically configured. In addition to the interconnection data, the engineering tool also creates the data used to access the interface variables over the PN CBA OPC server from visualization systems or office applications. Siemens IK PI 005 /141

142 System interfacing for PG/PC PN CBA OPC Server Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Programming Interfaces Protocols Configuring Open and standardized Synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of variables Monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to the client when a change occurs Use of quantity operations; so a large amount of data can be processed in a short time. Custom Interface (C++,.NET) Automation Interface (Visual Basic, Excel, Access,...) OPC Data Control OPC XML-Interface for Data Access DCOM protocol Configuring software for PROFINET SIMATIC imap PN CBA OPC server V6. PROFINET OPC server for CBA; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English Software imap V.0 for configuring PROFINET CBA, Prerequisite: Windows 000 Prof. SP4 or Windows XP Prof. SP1; on PG or PC with Pentium processor, min. 500 MHz; STEP 7, V5. SP 1 and higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE SOFTNET-PG, V6. and higher; PN OPC server, V6. and higher Type of delivery: German, English with electronic documentation; Single license Software update service Upgrade imap V.0 single license SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For, PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one year service incl. manuals on CD- ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products German/ English 6GK HB6-3AA0 6ES7 80-0CC03-0YX0 6ES7 80-0CC01-0YX 6ES7 80-0CC03-0YX4 6GK AA00-3AA More information Additional information can be found in the Internet under: /14 Siemens IK PI 005

143 System interfacing for PG/PC SNMP OPC Server Overview Status monitoring and network management of SNMP-capable devices in any OPC client systems; e.g. SIMATIC HMI/SCADA, office application Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC interface Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping mechanism Complete integration in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environment SNMP can be implemented in parallel with other communications protocols such as PROFINET or S7 communication Configuration and engineering is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5. and higher. Benefits Application The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administration of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems. SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP networks. The individual nodes in the network (network components or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP agent that provides information in structured form. With OPC (OLE for Process Control), a standardized, open, multi-vendor interface is available for automation engineering. The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization, system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be implemented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as WinCC, ProTool/Pro RT and PCS 7). In addition to simple device diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This increases the operational safety and improves the availability of the plant. The device information can be visualized according to individual requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of the respective customer installation. The information that is made available can also be integrated into the signaling system and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example. Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network management station. The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following interfaces: CP 1613 (PCI card, 3-bit) CP 161 (PCI card, 3-bit) CP 151 (PC card, CardBus 3-bit) CP 7515 (PC card, CardBus 3-bit) Integral interface of SIMATIC programming devices/pcs Network view and process view in a single system Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems and office applications Easy configuration and engineering without the need for detailed knowledge of SNMP. Embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols Siemens IK PI 005 /143

144 System interfacing for PG/PC SNMP OPC Server Function The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for sign-of-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered. Read access and in part write access to the respective device information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual devices is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant and device characteristics can be actively controlled. The SNMP OPC server contains an MIB compiler which supplies the device information in form of an MIB (Managed Information Base). This enables device profiles to be created. Devices with SNMP agents: SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as switches, WLAN Access Points and PC and S7 communication processors are already included complete with their device profiles. The integral MIB compiler supports the loading of MIBs from other SNMP-capable devices. Additional device profiles can then be individually designed. Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents: Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific information such as the contact person, site and device description for this purpose. Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be depicted using a predefined library. The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client application using preconfigured ActiveX Controls. The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX controls allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client applications. Individual expansions can also be implemented. The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at the same time as PROFIBUS and communication. This means that existing installations can also be expanded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also enables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server. User interfaces "Custom Interface" for high-performance C++ applications "Automation Interface for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar). OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by configuring ActiveX controls OPC Alarm & Event (subset) Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used Configuring The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of supply of the CP 1613 software packages and SOFTNET for. Ordering data SNMP OPC server V6. including MIB compiler; single license for 1 installation of the runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on diskette, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 server, 000 Professional WS/Server; for CP 151/CP 161/CP 1613 German/English Basic Administration of up to 0 IP addresses Extended Administration of up to 00 IP addresses Power Pack Upgrade from SNM OPC Server Basic to SNMP OPC Server Extended Order No. 6GK NW6-3AA0 6GK NX6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA4 /144 Siemens IK PI 005

145 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 1616 Overview Application PCI module for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s, full/half duplex with Autosensing (Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V; 33MHz/66MHz; 3-bit, executable in 64-bit PCI X systems) With Ethernet realtime ASIC ERTEC 400 Integrated 4-port realtime switch Communication services: - PROFINET Controller - Support of IRT in Motion Control applications (available soon) - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) - PG/OP communication High performance through direct memory access Integration in network management systems through the support of SNMP Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, startup and operation of the module High-performance OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the module or the respective communication software Benefits Ideally suited for installation in local networks through integral 4-port realtime switch Connection of field devices to with PROFINET Direct memory access to process data if used as PROFINET controller over IO-Base interface OPC as standard interface High computing power is available in the PC by taking the load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC ERTEC 400 with PROFINET RT and IRT support Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to support of IRT (available soon) Easy porting into another operating system environment using the Development Kit DK-1616 Switch operation via optional external power supply even if PC is switched off The CP 1616 provides a connection to /PROFINET for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs equipped with a PCI slot. The CP 1616 provides high-performance support for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). With IRT (isochronous real-time), this CP is ideally suited to timecritical applications that are in the range of strictly isochrone closed-loop control in the motion control field (available soon). The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions and the configuration of different topologies. The CP 1616 provides communication functions for SIMATIC programming devices/pcs and industrial PCs: PROFINET Controller SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems PG/PC Host computer HMI devices The module can be integrated into other operating systems using the Development Kit DK The CP 1616 can be used in the PC under Microsoft Windows as Ethernet network card through an NDIS driver. Design Ethernet - 4 x RJ45 connection - Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet - Half/full duplex - Autonegotiation/Autosensing PCI interface: - PCI./.3-3-bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X systems - 33 MHz or 66 MHz - Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V - Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play) Host interface/processor: - Dual-port RAM on board - Flash for on-board program memory - ARM 946 RISK processor (3-bit) on board for preprocessing Power supply: - Operational voltage: 5 V through PCI - Optional external 9-1 V DC infeed for switch operation if PC is switched off Size: - Short PCI format Siemens IK PI 005 /145

146 CP 1616 System interfacing for PG/PC Function The CP 1616 can be operated as a PROFINET controller which maintains the process image (input, output and diagnostics data) in the memory area on the CP. High-performance data transfer to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously by the CP Real Time Support of the Ethernet real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT (IRT available soon). The real-time Ethernet properties of the CP 1616 ensure extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates. Switching According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time switch permits the configuration of line topologies with spur lines and makes external switch components unnecessary. The switch function can also be active when the PC is turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying the external supply voltage. Software packages The following communication access options are offered for Windows operating systems: IO-Base (supplied with the CP 1616) for: PROFINET communication: - PROFINET controllers: Connection of field devices to with PROFINET - Access in isochrone mode to real-time data for PROFINET over IRT (available soon); this ensure extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates; jitter accuracy, isochrone mode, and cycle time enable highperformance Motion Control applications. Direct memory access to process data. The process data of the IO devices are always consistent. The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The design of the interface not only ensures fast access as PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). The IO-Base interface of the CP 1616 is compatible with the SOFTNET PN IO interface S for: PG/OP communication; this software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7 controllers over in combination with STEP 5 / STEP 7 programmable controllers. S7 communication; the S7 interface provides PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and application programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following services: - Connection establishment services - Data transfer services For operating systems other than Windows: Development Kit DK-1616 for: PROFINET communication: - PROFINET Controller With DK-1616 the CP 1616 communications processor can be integrated in any operating system environment. It includes the required driver-source code including description. User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for PROFINET and S5-compatible communication and S7 communication for linking automation technology applications to OPCcapable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library For applications that want to use the PROFINET controller functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications. The following compilers can be used in combination with SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual C++.NET Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP, including: General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II Configuring Configuration of the CP 1616 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5.3 SP and higher. NCM PC is included in the supplied software packages. /146 Siemens IK PI 005

147 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 1616 Integration PC with CP 1616 as IO-Controller PC with CP 1616 Panel PC Switch SCALANCE X08PRO Switch SCALANCE X08PRO SIMATIC S7-400 with CP ET 00S Field PG Industrial Ethernet ET 00S ET 00S G_IK10_XX_10097 Field PG G_IK10_XX_10096 CP 1616 as PROFINET IO Controller CP 1616 for configuring small local networks with an integrated switch (e.g. within a machine or plant) Siemens IK PI 005 /147

148 CP 1616 System interfacing for PG/PC Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Processor ERTEC 400 Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s Interfaces 10BaseT, 100 BaseTX 4 x RJ45 Connection to PG/PC PCI./.3 and PCI-X compatible, 3-bit; executable in 64-bit PCI-X slots, 33 MHz or 66 MHz Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V Power supply 5 V DC via PCI External supply voltage 9-1 V DC Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature +5 C to +55 C Transport/storage temperature -0 C to +60 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format PCI card Dimensions (W x D) in mm 107 x 167 Weight Approx. 00 g Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (3-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) Performance data PG/OP communication Number of connections that can max. be used S7 communication Number of connections that can max. 64 be used S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Sum of all simultaneously operable max. 64 TCP/UDP connections Useful data ISO or TCP/IP Max. 4 KB UDP Max. KB Performance data IO controller Number of operable IO devices max. 56 Size of IO data areas overall IO input area Max. 3 KB I/O output area Max. 3 KB Size of I/O data areas per connected I/O device IO input area Max. 147 byte I/O output area Max. 147 byte CP 1616 communications processor including IO Base software Available soon PCI card with ASIC ERTEC 400 for connecting a PG/PC with PCI bus to (10/100 Mbit/s) incl. PROFINET (RT, IRT (IRT available soon)); OPC, NCM PC; Windows 000, XP, 003 Server S Available soon Software for connecting a PG/PC via the CP 1616 to (10/100 Mbit/s); OPC, NCM PC; for S7 communication, S5- compatible communication, PG/OP communication; Windows 000 Professional, XP Professional, 003 Server DK-1616 Available soon Development kit for porting to other operating system environments IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting FC installation cables; with 180 cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface 1 pack = 1 items 6GK BB10-AA0 1 pack = 10 items 6GK BB10-AB0 1 pack = 50 items 6GK BB10-AE0 More information Additional information can be found in the Internet under: /148 Siemens IK PI 005

149 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 1613 Overview Benefits Continuous data throughput through protocol processing on the CP. Flexible connection possibilities due to ITP or RJ45 connections on the module Free computer capacity for further applications in the PC, e.g. HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport onboard). Simple handling through plug & play and autosensing (10/100 Mbit/s). Operation of large network configurations with one card due to large number of connections. Can be used for redundant communication. OPC as standard interface. Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7. PCI card with a microprocessor for connecting the PG or PC to with 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing Communication services using - ISO or TCP/IP transport protocol - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) 15-pole ITP connection RJ45 connection Clock time synchronization ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol onboard SNMP-supported diagnostics The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the respective scope of supply of the communication software Design The CP 1613 (card with microprocessor) is directly plugged into a SIMATIC PG/PC or into a PC and requires a short PCI slot. Ports: 15-pin Sub-D socket for ITP RJ45 socket for twisted pair Automatic detection and selection of the interface on start-up (ITP or RJ45) The module is connected, for example, using ITP over the ITP Standard Cable 9/15 to OSM/ESM TP over the TP Standard Cable to SCALANCE X or SCALANCE S Siemens IK PI 005 /149

150 CP 1613 System interfacing for PG/PC Application The CP 1613 is used to connect SIMATIC PGs, industrial PCs and PCs with a PCI slot to (10/100 Mbit/s). 10/100 Mbit/s Twisted-pair network (Sub-D) OSM / ESM SCALANCE X-100/X-00/X-400 OSM OSM TP6 ITP Standard Cable up to 100 m IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Cable x up to 100 m CP /100 Mbit/s Twisted Pair-Netz (RJ45) ITP Structured cabling acc. to EN Switch (e.g. ESM, SCALANCE X-100/X-00/X-400) FC Outlet RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE FC standard cable TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP Cord IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet IE TP Cord IE FC Cable 4 x 100 Mbit/s Fiber optic network OSM BC08 OMC LWL h OSM FO08 OMC TP11 TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 G_IK10_XX_10051 Connection to the network with the CP 1613, CP and CP /150 Siemens IK PI 005

151 Function User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the S5- compatible communication and S7 communication protocols for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol, PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). This means that the following compilers can be used in combination with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component model) Software for PG/OP communication This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7 controllers over in combination with STEP 5 / STEP 7 automation systems. It is included in all CP 1613 software packages. Software for S7 communication (S or S7-REDCONNECT) The S7 interface provides PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and application programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. S7 communication offers: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE With S7-REDCONNECT, communication to the high-availability S7-400H system is possible. System interfacing for PG/PC CP 1613 Software for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) This interface is used for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC S5 PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 PG/PC and PG/PC S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following services: Management services Connection establishment services Data transfer services The software is included in the S product. Principle of operation Protocols up to Level 4 (Transport) are processed autonomously on the module. 16 MB of memory is available for this to support a large quantitative framework and reliable communication. Data is exchanged between the module and the host in master mode. This means that the CP 1613 accesses the physical RAM of the host. A Windows driver is responsible for transferring data between the host system and the CP The transmission rate to Industrial Ethernet is detected and automatically switched over (autosensing). The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows software of the PC. Diagnostics Via SNMP all MIB- objects can be read out. This enables the current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved. Configuring The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC. The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the CP 1613 software packages. NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration. Note: CP 1613 A, the compatible successor module for CP 1613, with extended functionality will be available soon: PCI./.3 and PCI-X compatible 3-bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X slots 33 MHz or 66 MHz Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V Siemens IK PI 005 /151

152 CP 1613 System interfacing for PG/PC Technical specifications Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces Connection to 15-pin Sub-D socket - ITP (10/100 Mbit/s) 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection to PG/PC PCI (3-bit, 5 V) Power supply 5 V DC ± 5% 1 V DC ±5 % Current consumption From 5 V DC 600 ma From 1 V DC 500 ma Power loss 4 W Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature +5 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -0 C to +60 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction Module format PCI card Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 107 x 167 Weight Approx. 00 g Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (3-bit; 5 V) Performance data for mono-protocol operation S7 and programmable device/ operator panel communication Number of connections that can be used -ISO Max. 10 -TCP/IP Max. 10 S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Number of connections that can be used -ISO Max. 10 -TCP/IP Max. 10 Total of all configurable connections Max. 07 per PC station Ordering data CP 1613 communications processor PCI card (3-bit; 5 V) for connecting to (10/100 Mbit/s), with ITP and RJ45 connection over S and S7-REDCONNECT, incl. driver for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, Windows 000 Professional/Server, CP 1613 A communications processor PCI card (3-bit; 3.3V/5 V; 33/66 MHz) for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s), with ITP and RJ45 connection over S and S7-REDCONNECT, incl. driver for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, Windows 000 Professional/Server Order No. 6GK AA00 available soon Ordering data (continued) More information Order No. S V6. 6GK CB6-3AA0 Software for S7 and S5 communication incl. PG/OP communication, OPC server and NCM PC; up to 10 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, Windows 000 Professional/ Server; for CP 1613 German/English S7-REDCONNECT V6. 6GK HB6-3AA0 Software for failsafe S7 communication over redundant networks incl. S7-OPC server, S V6.1, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, Windows 000 Professional/ Server; for CP 1613 German/English S7-REDCONNECT V6. upgrade 6GK HB6-3AA4 For expanding S V6.1 to S7-REDCONNECT, incl. S7-OPC server, S V6.1, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, Windows 000 Professional/Server; for CP 1613 German/English SIMATIC NET 6GK AA00-3AA Software Update Service For, PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one year service incl. manuals on CD- ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products German/English Additional information can be found in the Internet under: /15 Siemens IK PI 005

153 System interfacing for PG/PC S7-REDCONNECT Overview For interfacing PCs over redundant to the SIMATIC S7-400H Protected from communication failures arising from a fault in the double bus or in redundant rings For redundantly configured Can also be implemented in non-redundant networks No additional programming overhead for the PC and in H systems The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication (STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 and higher) PC with S7-REDCONNECT and x CP 1613 Application The software package S7-REDCONNECT connects the SIMATIC S7-400H to applications on the PC, e.g. WinCC. Typically, a redundant is used. The software package can also be used where SIMATIC H systems are operated on non-redundant networks. Mixed operation of redundant and non-redundant systems is also possible. Design The following components are necessary for assembling a SIMATIC H system with PC connection PC with: Up to four CP 1613 and S7-REDCONNECT for connecting the PC to with ISO protocol S7-400H with: CP for connecting the S7-400H to with ISO protocol STEP 7 from V5.0 upwards for configuring. System configuration for S7-REDCONNECT Benefits S7-400H S7-400H Provides protection against communication failure in the event of a fault in the double bus or in redundant rings Simplifies communication of a PC application with the SIMATIC S7-400H system Safeguards previous investments due to the use of existing applications and the flexible application options No additional programming required for PC and H systems Increases the availability of the PC application(e.g. PCS 7) through redundant communication G_IK10_XX_10048 Function S7 REDCONNECT contains the functional scope of the S software package (S7 communication, S5-compatible communication and PG/OP communication) as well as additional redundant communication through S7 connections. An additional license for S is not required. S5-compatible communication Time-of-day synchronization Continued use of existing Windows applications Services for monitoring the redundant communication. Diagnostics tool for visualizing the communication status Simple redundancy through -way communication (STEP 7 V5.0 SP or newer) Increased redundancy through 4-way communication (STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 or hig newer) The fault-tolerant S7 communication is directed through a standard and a reserve connection. These connections are monitored during operation and switched over if there is a fault. With S7 REDCONNECT they remain concealed to the PC application. Fault detection, switching over if required, communication monitoring and synchronization are handled in the background invisible to the application. The application, e.g. Win CC, communicates with the subunits of the S7-400H in the same way as with an S7 CPU. Siemens IK PI 005 /153

154 System interfacing for PG/PC S7-REDCONNECT Function (continued) User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols S7 communication and S5-compatible communication to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.) Programming interface through C-Library The programming interfaces for the protocols S7 communication, PG/OP communication, S5-compatible communication and TF protocol for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 Microsoft Visual C V7.0 (without.net Framework) available soon Configuration Configuration of S7 communication protocols and S5-compatible communication is executed in STEP 7 NCM PC, V5.1 SP or newer. The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the scope of supply of S7 REDCONNECT for. NCM PC is a component of Advanced PC Configuration Integration PC with S7-REDCONNECT and x CP 1613 SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E S7-300 SCALANCE X04- SCALANCE X04- Non-Siemens system 100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s SCALANCE X04- SCALANCE X04- S7-400 H system S7-400 S7-400 H system G_IK10_XX_10053 Optical and electrical ring, redundantly coupled Ordering data Order No. Order No. S7-REDCONNECT V6. Software for failsafe S7 communication over redundant networks incl. S7-OPC server, S V6., single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 1613 German/English 6GK HB6-3AA0 S7-REDCONNECT V6. upgrade For expanding S V6. to S7-REDCONNECT, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 1613 German/English 6GK HB6-3AA4 /154 Siemens IK PI 005

155 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 161 Overview Application The CP 161 is an Ethernet card that can be operated in any PG/PC with a free PCI slot. It is intended for applications in an industrial environment. The CP 161 can be operated with all SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet packages. Design Supports the Plug&Play mechanism of the operating system. For connecting the PG/PC with a PCI slot to with 10/100 Mbit/s Communication services with ISO or TCP/IP transport protocols -PROFINET - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE). Designed for use in industrial environments PCI card (3-bit; Universal Key 3.3 V/5 V) Interfaces: RJ45 (Twisted Pair) Plug&Play The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software Benefits Function The CP 161 offers the following accesses: Layer : Interfacing for PC networks in an industrial environment. Layer 4 and Layer 7. In conjunction with the SOFTNET packages for, the CP 161 offers low-cost access to, e.g. to SIMATIC S5/S7. In addition, the protocols for provided by the operating system are also supported. IT functionality results in combination with the Windows software of the PC. Configuration Configuration of S7 communication protocols and S5-compatible communication is executed in STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 or higher or NCM PC Version V5.1 SP or higher. The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the scope of supply with the software packages SOFTNET S7 and SOFTNET PG for. NCM PC is a component of Advanced PC Configuration RJ45 connection possibility Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET for Ideal for small installations. OPC as standard interface Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7. Siemens IK PI 005 /155

156 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 161 Technical specifications Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection to PG/PC PCI (3 bits 3.3 V/5 V) Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 5%, 1 V Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +50 C Transport/storage temperature -5 C to +55 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Design Module format PCI card Dimensions (H x D) in mm 50 x 10 Weight Approx. 100 g Space required 1 x PCI slot (3 bits; 3.3 V or 5 V) Ordering data CP 161 communications processor PCI card (3-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for connecting a programming device or PC to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s), with RJ45 connection incl. driver for 3-bit Windows 98, Me, NT 4.0, WS/Server, 000 Professional/Server, XP Professional, 003 Server Additional components SOFTNET Security Client 004 Software for setting up safe IPbased VPN connections from a programming device/pc with network segments which are secured by SCALANCE S; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, configuring tool and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows 000 Professional, XP Professional, 003 Server German, English, French, Italian, Spanish SOFTNET PN IO V6. Software for PROFINET I/O controller with OPC server and NCM PC; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server; Windows 000 Professional, server for CP 151 and CP 161, German/English SOFTNET-S7 V6. for Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 64 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English Order No. 6GK1 161-AA00 6GK VW01-0AA0 6GK HW6-3AA0 6GK CW6-3AA0 Ordering data (continued) Additional components SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6. Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 8 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161; German/English SOFTNET-PG V6. for Software for PG/OP communication, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161; German/English SOFTNET-S7 with CP 161 Bundle of SOFTNET-S7 and CP 161 products PN CBA OPC server V6. PROFINET OPC server for CBA; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SNMP OPC server V6. including MIB compiler; single license for 1 installation of the runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on diskette, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 server, 000 Professional WS/Server; for CP 151/CP 161/CP 1613 German/English Basic Administration of up to 0 IP addresses Extended Administration of up to 00 IP addresses Power Pack Upgrade from SNM OPC Server Basic to SNMP OPC Server Extended SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For, PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one year service incl. manuals on CD-ROM Requirement: SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products German/English Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring C7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English Order No. 6GK LW6-3AA0 6GK PW6-3AA0 6GK AB00 6GK HB6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA0 6GK NX6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA4 6GK AA00-3AA 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 /156 Siemens IK PI 005

157 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 151 Overview Application The CP 151 is an Ethernet card that can be operated in a PG/PC with a PC card slot of Type II with CardBus interface (3 bits). In combination with the SOFTNET packages for (except for UNIX), the CP 151 can be implemented, for example, in a notebook computer for remote programming (PG communication). Design Supports the Plug&Play mechanism of the operating system. PC Card Type II (CardBus 3-bit) Connection to through external RJ45 adapter For connecting PGs/notebooks to using a PCI card (CardBus interface, 3-bit) with 10/100 Mbit/s Communication services with ISO or TCP/IP transport protocols -PROFINET - PG communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Designed for use in industrial environment PC card Type II (3-bit CardBus) Interfaces: RJ45 (Twisted Pair) Plug&Play The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software Benefits RJ45 connection possibility Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET for Enables remote maintenance and diagnostics through Ethernet in PG/notebooks with STEP 7 OPC as standard interface Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7. Function The CP 151 offers the following modes of access: Level : Interface for PC networks in the industrial environment Level 4 and Level 7. In combination with the SOFTNET packages for Industrial Ethernet, the CP 151 offers low-cost access to Industrial Ethernet, e.g. to SIMATIC S5/S7. The protocols provided by the operating system for Industrial Ethernet are also supported. The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows software of the PC. Configuring The protocols S7 communication and S5-compatible communication are configured in STEP 7, V5.1 SP3 and higher or NCM PC, V5.1 SP and higher. The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of supply of the SOFTNET-S7, SOFTNET-S7 Lean and SOFTNET-PG software packages for NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration. Siemens IK PI 005 /157

158 CP 151 System interfacing for PG/PC Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing Interfaces 10BaseT, 100BaseTX RJ45 Connection to PG/PC PC Card Type II (CardBus 3-bit) Supply voltage +3.3 V DC (± 5%) Perm. environmental conditions Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C Transport/storage temperature -0 C to +70 C Relative humidity Max. 95% at +5 C Construction of the CP 151 Module format PC Card Type II Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm 85.6 x 54 x 3 Weight 30 g Space required 1 x PC Card slot Type II Constructional design of RJ45 adapter Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm, 40 x x 0 approx. Weight, approx. 40 g Cable length, approx. 0 cm CP 151 communications processor PC card (Cardbus 3-bit) for connecting a programming device/notebook computer to incl. adapters for Industrial Twisted Pair and RJ45, incl. driver for 3-bit Windows 98, Me, NT 4.0 WS/server (requirements: Cardwizard Systemsoft 5.), 000 Professional/server; XP Professional, 003 Server Additional components SOFTNET Security Client 004 Software for setting up safe IP-based VPN connections from a programming device/pc with network segments which are secured by SCALANCE S; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, configuring tool and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows 000 Professional, XP Professional, 003 Server German, English, French, Italian, Spanish SOFTNET PN IO V6. Software for PROFINET I/O controller with OPC server and NCM PC; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server; Windows 000 Professional, server for CP 151 and CP 161, German/English SOFTNET-S7 V6. for Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 64 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6. Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 8 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English 6GK1 151-AA00 6GK VW01-0AA0 6GK HW6-3AA0 6GK CW6-3AA0 6GK LW6-3AA0 /158 Siemens IK PI 005

159 System interfacing for PG/PC CP 151 Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No. Additional components SOFTNET-PG V6. for Software for PG/OP communication, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SOFTNET-PG with CP 151 Bundle of SOFTNET-PG and CP 151 products PN CBA OPC server V6. PROFINET OPC server for CBA; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SNMP OPC server V6. including MIB compiler; single license for 1 installation of the runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on diskette, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 server, 000 Professional WS/Server; for CP 151/CP 161/CP 1613 German/English Basic Administration of up to 0 IP addresses Extended Administration of up to 00 IP addresses Power Pack Upgrade from SNM OPC Server Basic to SNMP OPC Server Extended 6GK PW6-3AA0 6GK AA00 6GK HB6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA0 6GK NX6-3AA0 6GK NW6-3AA4 Additional components SIMATIC NET Software Update Service for, PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one year service incl. manuals on CD-ROM; Prerequisite: SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products German/English Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7 for and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring C7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Stations (STEP 7 V5.3) German English 6GK AA00-3AA 6GK AA01-8AA0 6GK AA01-8BA0 Siemens IK PI 005 /159

160 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET for Overview For coupling programming devices/pcs/workstations to programmable controllers Communication services: - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Can be used with - CP 161 (PCI) - CP 151 (PC Card) - CP 7515 (PC Card CardBus) - Integrated interface - Modem (Remote Access Service RAS) Complete protocol stack as a software package The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software CP 151 CP 161 PC/PG SOFTNET for Application With SOFTNET for, PCs/PGs and workstations can be connected to programmable controllers, such as SIMATIC S7, over. The following user interfaces are available: PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7 S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for communication with SIMATIC S5 and S7 S7 communication SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces: CP 161 (PCI), CP 151 (PC card) CP 7515 (PC-Card CardBus) integrated interface Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS) S5-115U to -155U with CP 1430 TF System configuration SOFTNET for Benefits S7-00 with CP 43-1 S7-300 with CP S7-400 with CP Communication with SIMATIC through OPC as standard interface Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7. Flexible connection possibilities, e.g. through CP 151, CP 161, integrated interface, Modem/ISDN (RAS) G_IK10_XX_10040 Function With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the PC. This architecture means that in contrast to the 1613 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used. The IT functionality is provided in combination with the interfaces and the Windows software of the PC. User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the S5- compatible communication and S7 communication protocols for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol, PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). This means that the following compilers can be used in combination with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component model) /160 Siemens IK PI 005

161 Function (continued) Software for PG/OP communication This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7 controllers over in combination with STEP5 / STEP7. Software for S7 communication SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 communication functions can be based on either ISO protocol or TCP/IP protocol. S7 communication offers the following services: Administrative services S7 connection management services Variable services VFD services (Virtual Field Device) Trace and mini database System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) This interface based on Layer 4 (ISO transport or TCP/IP with RFC 1006) is used for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC S5 PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 PG/PC and PG/PC S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following services: Management services Connection establishment services Data transfer services Configuring The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol are configured in STEP 7 or SIMATIC NCM PC, V5.1 SP and higher. NET NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration. The NCM PC configuring tool is included in the scope of supply of the relevant packages. CP 151 CP 161 PC/PG SOFTNET-S7 Lean S7-00 with CP 43-1 S7-00 with CP 43-1 S7-00 with CP 43-1 G_IK10_XX_10040ah System configuration with SOFTNET-S7 Lean for and S7-00 Siemens IK PI 005 /161

162 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET for Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Performance data S7 and PG/OP communication (number of operable connections) SOFTNET-S7 Max. 64 SOFTNET-S7 Lean Max. 8 SOFTNET-S7 V6. for Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 64 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SOFTNET-PG V6. for Software for PG/OP communication, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6. for Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 8 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server, 000 Professional/Server; for CP 151 and CP 161 German/English SOFTNET-PG with CP 151 Bundle of SOFTNET-PG and CP 151 products SOFTNET-S7 with CP 161 Bundle of SOFTNET-S7 and CP 161 products SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For, PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one year service incl. manuals on CD- ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products German/English 6GK CW6-3AA0 6GK PW6-3AA0 6GK LW6-3AA0 6GK AA00 6GK AB00 6GK AA00-3AA /16 Siemens IK PI 005

163 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET PN IO Overview CP 161 CP 151 PC/PG SOFTNET PN IO IE/PB Link PN IO PROFIBUS ET 00S with IM PN S7-400 with CP Advanced S7-300 with CPU 317- PN/DP or CPU 31x with CP Advanced (coming soon) S7-300 ET 00S G_IK10_XX_10073 Software for coupling PCs/programming devices and notebooks to PROFINET IO devices Possible applications: - PC-based control systems - HMI systems - Test applications Communication services: - PROFINET IO Controller Can be used with - CP 161 (PCI) - CP 151 (PC card) - Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range OPC server for I/O interfacing over PROFINET included in scope of supply Siemens IK PI 005 /163

164 Benefits System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET PN IO Cost-effective interfacing of field devices with Industrial Ethernet with PROFINET Simple porting of the application with OPC as a standard interface High-performance IO data access through IO Base interface for linking into C/C++ applications Simple migration of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613/CP 5614 with DP base interface to PROFINET through IO-Base interface Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC and STEP 7 Application Using SOFTNET PN IO, PCs can be connected to field devices over. SOFTNET PN IO is available for the following interfaces: CP 161 (PCI) CP 151 (PC card) Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs Function PROFINET communication PROFINET IO controller; for connection of field devices to with PROFINET User interfaces OPC interface The supplied OPC server can be used as a standard programming interface for PROFINET IO-Controller to link automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library; For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller functionality directly in C/C++, the IO Base interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master applications to PN IO-Controller applications. The following compilers can be used in combination with SOFTNET PN IO: - Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 - Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 - Microsoft Visual Basic V7.0 The IO-Base interface is compatible with the CP 1616 Principle of operation With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the PC. This architecture means that the performance depends on the configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC. Configuring Configuration is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5.3 SP1 and higher More information Additional information can be found in the Internet under: Ordering data SOFTNET PN IO V6. Software for PROFINET I/O controller with OPC server and NCM PC; single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD- ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 3-bit Windows XP Professional, 003 Server; Windows 000 Professional, server for CP 151 and CP 161, German/English CP 161 communications processor PCI card (3-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for connecting a programming device or PC to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s), with RJ45 connection incl. driver for 3-bit Windows 98, Me, NT 4.0, WS/Server, 000 Professional/Server, XP Professional, 003 Server CP 151 communications processor PC card (Cardbus 3-bit) for connecting a programming device/notebook computer to incl. adapters for Industrial Twisted Pair and RJ45, incl. driver for 3-bit Windows 98, Me, NT 4.0 WS/server (requirements: Cardwizard Systemsoft 5.), 000 Professional/server; XP Professional, 003 Server Order No. 6GK HW6-3AA0 6GK1 161-AA00 6GK1 151-AA00 /164 Siemens IK PI 005

165 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET for UNIX Overview Software for connecting SIMATIC S7 Support for the UNIX operating systems HP-UX, Solaris Sparc and X86, SCO and Linux Support of ISO and TCP/IP (RFC 1006) interface Operation of several cards Linux HP-UX Solaris Sparc Solaris X86 SCO SOFTNET UNIX system configuration UNIX applications, HMI SOFTNET S7 ISO UNIX-BS SIMATIC S7 TCP/IP S5-K ISO/OSI layer model G_IK10_XX_10041 Function SOFTNET uses the internal interfaces LLI/DLPI and TLI/XTI that were specified by AT&T. These interfaces have been included in part in the Xopen standardization and are available as standard for almost all UNIX systems. SOFTNET supports the operation of several communication cards simultaneously. The ISO protocol is supported as well as TCP/IP with RFC1006 protocol. All SOFTNET products offer the user diagnostics and trace functions. SOFTNET-S7 functions SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. A programming interface SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) is available for UNIX operating systems in addition to the programming interface for Windows operating systems. Note: It is important to note that the SOFTNET-S7 functional scope differs between the Windows and UNIX versions. S7 communication offers the following services: Administrative services Variable services VFD services (Virtual Field Device) BSEND/BRECV V.0 and higher In addition to S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is also offered. Benefits CP 151 CP 161 PC/PG SOFTNET for UNIX Cost-efficient programming through convenient, simple interface Flexible application due to hardware-independent software Application For UNIX systems, Siemens offers comprehensive communication options with SIMATIC for. S5-115U U with CP 1430 TF S7-00 with CP 43-1 S7-300 with CP The SOFTNET software packages provide the user with convenient interfaces for communication between HMI systems or other UNIX applications and SIMATIC S7. S7-400 with CP G_IK10_XX_10040b System configuration for SOFTBUS UNIX Siemens IK PI 005 /165

166 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTNET for UNIX Ordering data Order No. More information SOFTNET-S7/UNIX for Software for S7 communication for SIMATIC S7 including Level 4 interface over ISO or TCP/IP, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key by fax, Class A, German/English Version.0 SOFTNET-S7/UNIX SCO for SCO-UNIX (3-bit) V5.0.4 to V5.0.5 SOFTNET-S7/UNIX HP-UX for HP-UX (3-bit) V SOFTNET-S7/UNIX Sparc for Solaris Sparc (3-bit) V.6 to V.7 SOFTNET-S7/UNIX X86 for Solaris (3-bit) X86 V.7 SOFTNET-S7/UNIX V.0 upgrade for Version.0 for SCO-UNIX (3-bit) V5.0.4 to V5.0.5 for HP-UX (3-bit) V10.0 to V11.0 for Solaris Sparc (3-bit) V.6 to V.7 for Solaris (3-bit) X86 V.7 SOFTNET-S7/LINUX Version.0 The original distributions of SUSE, RedHat and Industrial LINUX are supported. Please contact your Siemens representative for information about current versions 6GK CC0-3AA0 6GK CG0-3AA0 6GK CF0-3AA0 6GK CE0-3AA0 6GK CU0-3AA4 XV CG00 Support for other UNIX operating systems: For sales, service and training, contact: SIEMENS AG I&S IT PS 1 Contact Your IT4Industry Team Werner-von-Siemens-Str Erlangen Tel.: +49 (0) 9131/ Fax: +49 (0) 9131/ [email protected] /166 Siemens IK PI 005

167 Overview Integrated communication Cross-computer communication System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTBUS-SOFTNET for UNIX Uniform interface - to databases such as Oracle, Informix, etc. - Link to ERP and DB systems - to SIMATIC S7 SAP SIPAX File interface Oracle SOFTBUS SOFTNET S7 UNIX-BS TCP/IP ISO SIMATIC S7 G_IK10_XX_1004 System configuration for SOFTBUS-SOFTNET Benefits Function SOFTBUS functions SOFTBUS comprises software modules that can be used on all commonly available computer systems (UNIX, Windows NT, Communication across the system with standardized interface. LINUX). Incorporation of ERP and DB systems. The modules are compatible and have been adapted to standards such as SIMATIC NET and thus secure vertical integration Interfacing of SIMATIC control systems Fast and automatic data flow with short start-up times. Packaging of SOFTBUS-SOFTNET-S7 Application SOFTBUS-SOFTNET-S7 is a product package that combines the functions of SOFTBUS and SOFTNET-S7. The process environment in industrial companies has usually grown historically. This produces many isolated solutions that, as SOFTBUS DB functions such, function optimally, but are not integrated in the overall SOFTBUS-DB merges databases and communication and plant. therefore offers possibilities for transaction protection and In order to integrate these solutions, smooth and consistent uniform data storage. communication where nothing is lost is required. Only then is it Interfaces possible to ensure that the right information is available at the right place at the right time. Thanks to the combination of different modules, all commonly used platforms can be supported and linked together heterogeneously or homogeneously. SOFTBUS together with SOFTNET S7 consists of adapted blocks which are available on all common system platforms (LINUX, UNIX, Windows), thus ensuring fault-free communication between the system platforms. WVS-KOM interface of the SIPAX package. The programming interface of SOFTBUS is identical to the This means that SIPAX applications can migrate to SOFTBUS without any problems. Siemens IK PI 005 /167

168 System interfacing for PG/PC SOFTBUS-SOFTNET for UNIX Ordering data Order No. More information SOFTBUS Version.0 SOFTBUS HP-UX (3-bit) SOFTBUS SPARC (3-bit) SOFTBUS-SOFTNET-S7 Version.0 SOFTBUS-SOFTNET-S7/HP-UX (3-bit) SOFTBUS-SOFTNET-S7/SPARC (3-bit) SOFTBUS LINUX SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant (TCP) (3-bit) SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant (ISO) (3-bit) SOFTBUS/LINUX (TCP) (3-bit) SOFTBUS/LINUX (ISO) (3-bit) XV CE00 XV CE03 XV CF00 XV CF03 XV CG0 XV CG04 XV CG08 XV CG10 For further information about the SOFTBUS product for Industrial Ethernet and interfacing to SAP and databases, please contact: SIEMENS AG I&S IT PS 1 Contact Your IT4Industry Team Werner-von-Siemens-Str Erlangen, Germany Tel.: +49 (0) 9131/ Fax: +49 (0) 9131/ [email protected] /168 Siemens IK PI 005

169 Overview System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Design SIMATIC WinCC can be used as a single-user system or as a multi-user system in networked client-server configurations for more sophisticated requirements. The operator stations in the multi-user system are automatically coordinated during operation, e.g. for alarm acknowledgment. The operating system basis for SIMATIC WinCC is Windows NT from Microsoft. With CP 1613 and communication software S (S7 communication) or TF-1613 (TF functions), powerful links are established with SIMATIC S7 PLCs and SIMATIC S5 PLCs. More information Additional information can be found in the Internet under: PC-based HMI system with many options for implementing automation solutions: - Client-server structures with simple installation - Safety in process operation and data integrity through redundancy - Unlimited expansion of functions through linking of ActiveX elements - Open communication through OPC (OLE for Process Control) - Simple and fast configuration through integration with SIMATIC STEP 7 Siemens IK PI 005 /169

170 System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Application examples WInCC Server/Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k + server option + TCP/IP interface module (e.g. CP 161) WinCC without operator controls: 3 clients + 3 Web clients or 50 Web clients + 1 client WinCC Client + TCP/IP interface module (e.g. CP 161) WinCC Client up to 4 clients with operator controls Server TERMINALBUS TCP/IP PROCESS BUS (/PROFIBUS) SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300 This allows you to set up the following application examples - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7-functions - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET with S7-functions - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS G_ST80_DE_00013 WinCC multi-user system with operator-controllable server Standard-PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k WinCC SIMATIC NET (S7 functions) - CP GK AA00 - S (communications software) 6GK CB61-3AA0 SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300 Manual - CP (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP 6GK EX11-0XE0 - CP IT (S7, S/R, HTTP) 6GK GX11-0XE0 - NCM S7 manual (SIMATIC NET CD bzw. Internet Download) Manual - CP (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP 6GK EX11-0XE0 - CP IT (S7, S/R, HTTP) 6GK GX11-0XE0 - NCM S7 manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet Download) G_ST80_XX_00011 WinCC single station system with S7 communication /170 Siemens IK PI 005

171 System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Communication components for PG/PC to SIMATIC (from WinCC V6.0 and higher) WinCC channel DLL SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Channel DLL for S5 TF communication SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5-layer 4 communication + TCP/IP SIMATIC S5 Ethernet (TF) SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel-DLL for S7 functions SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for 505 layer 4 communication SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1) Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication Communication components to supplement OS/OP CP 161 PCI card for connection of PG/PC to (SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered separately) CP 151 PCMCIA card for connect. of PG/PC to (SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered separately) SOFTNET-S7 Communications software for S7 functions (up to 64 connections) for Windows NT4.0/000/XP SOFTNET-S7 Lean Communications software for S7 functions (up to 8 connections) for Windows NT4.0/000/XP CP 1613 PCI card for connecting to (The communications software must be ordered separately) S Communications software for S7 functions and S5/505-Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT4.0/000/XP TF-1613 Communications software for TF functions and S5/505-Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT4.0/000 SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S5 TCP/IP SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1) Order No. Contained in basic package Contained in basic package Contained in basic package Contained in basic package Contained in basic package 6GK1 161-AA00 6GK1 151-AA00 6GK CW61-3AA0 6GK LW6-3AA0 6GK AA00 6GK CB6-3AA0 6GK TB6-3AA0 System interfacing possible 1) Through any Interface Board with NDIS 3.0 interface; no separate communication software required Additional information can be found in the Internet under: Siemens IK PI 005 /171

172 Overview Partner solutions Connectors and wall bushings IP0/IP67 Benefits Designed for harsh industrial environments On site assembly without special tools Uniform product family for degrees of protection IP0 and IP67 Supports all PROFINET installation philosophies Application The modularly constructed HARTING RJ Industrial plug-in connector range is based on the standard RJ45 plug and has been specially developed for use under harsh industrial conditions. It can be assembled on site with the HARAX fast connection technique (also in the case of hybrid cabling structures) that is well-proven in many industrial applications and which allows the customer to connect the plug-in connector without the need for any special tools. Data cables and hybrid cables can be used. With the IDC current contacts of the hybrid version that can carry loads of up to 16 A, the customer can use flexible cores with a cross-section of 1.5 mm². At the equipment end, bushings or integral couplings are possible. The use of SMD components for data and power at the equipment end supports a high packing density on the module. By implementing a uniform connector configuration for all plugin connectors based on the HAN 3A contour for data and hybrid solutions, all versions for the data signals are compatible with each other. Design The core component of each plug-in connector is the RJ45 data module with fast connection technique. The data module has four HARAX fast connection contacts that reliably connect flexible industry-compatible Category 5 cables with dimensions of AWG to 4 and solid conductors of cross-section AWG to 3. IP0 Data plug-in connector Small industry-compatible RJ45 Ethernet plug-in connector for industrial Ethernet installation cable for direct connection to IP0 devices Standard footprint of 14 mm which supports a high packing density in the application An additional latching hook on the casing makes it easy to unlock the plug-in connector. IP67 Push Pull connector IP67 data variants in the push-pull casing with a casing lock The plug-in connector casing latches secure to the coupling though a rotating locking sleeve. Easy to unlatch Suitable for compact industrial applications IP67 Push Pull wall bushings Compatible to RJ45 plug-in connectors Compact wall bushing to IP67 with mounting dimensions of 1 x 7 mm At the rear, the data cables are connected over an RJ45 socket to IP0. IP67 Hybrid connector For hybrid Ethernet networks The plug is designed so that data and power supply are isolated from each other. The four contacts of the hybrid module are designed for fast connection and support the connection of flexible cables up to a diameter of 1.5 mm². IP67 Hybrid wall bushings Compatible to RJ45 plug-in connectors At the rear, the data cables are connected through an RJ45 socket and power cables are connected through a cageclamp terminal. IP67 Data 3A connector This is an IP67 data variant of the RJ Industrial based on the RJ45 data module integrated into a standard HAN 3A industrial casing that can be used in all industrial applications. The casing is available alternatively in a plastic or metal version to IP67/65 IP67 Data 3A wall bushings Compatible to RJ45 plug-in connectors Based on an RJ45 socket integrated into a HAN 3A externally mounted casing that can be used in any industrial application It is available alternatively in a plastic or metal version with degree of protection IP67/65. Note: The products listed on this page are not available from Siemens, but directly from Harting or their distributors. /17 Siemens IK PI 005

173 Partner solutions Connectors and wall bushings IP0/IP67 Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Plug-in connector Transmission characteristics Cat 5 ISO/IEC :00 and EN Degree of protection: Data IP0 Push Pull/Data 3A/Hybrid IP65/67 Plug-in geometry RJ45 acc. to IEC Hybrid Additional 4 x power supply Core diameter AWG - 4 flexible AWG - 3 solid Temperature range -40 C to +70 C Cable sheath diameter Data 3A/ Push Pull 6.5 mm to 6.9 mm Hybrid 10.0 mm to 11.0 mm Plug-in operations Data/Push Pull At least 750 Data 3A/Hybrid At least 500 Casing material Black plastic, UL 94-V0 Note: The products listed on this page are not available from Siemens, but directly from Harting or their distributors. IP0 Data plug-in connector Set includes casing, cable gland and installation instructions IP67 Push Pull connector Set includes casing, cable gland and installation instructions Protective cap for plug-in connector with string IP67/65 IP67 Push Pull wall bushing Set includes externally mounted casing and installation instructions Protective cap for wall bushing with string, IP67/65 IP67 Data 3A plug-in connector Set includes casing, cable gland and installation instructions Plastic version Metal version Coding pin set Protective cap for plug-in connector with string, IP67/65 Plastic version Metal version IP67 Data 3A wall bushing Set includes externally mounted casing and installation instructions Plastic version Metal version Coding pin set Protective cap for wall bushing with string, IP67/65 Plastic version Metal version IP67 hybrid plug-in connector Set includes casing, cable gland and installation instructions Protective cap for plug-in connector with string, IP67/65 IP67 hybrid wall bushing Set includes externally mounted casing and installation instructions Protective cap for wall bushing with string, IP67/65 Order directly from: HARTING Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG P.O. Box 451 D Minden Tel. +49 (0) Fax. +49 (0) [email protected] Internet: Siemens IK PI 005 /173

174 /174 Siemens IK PI 005